Oracle® Retail Merchandising Data Conversion Operations Guide, Release 14.1
E55110-01
Copyright © 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Primary Author: Chaitra Ramaprasad/Nirmala Suryaprakasha
This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report them to us in writing.
If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, then the following notice is applicable:
U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are "commercial computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs. No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.
This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe use. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron, the AMD logo, and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
This software or hardware and documentation may provide
access to or information about content, products, and services from third
parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and
expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party
content, products, and services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable
agreement between you and Oracle. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will
not be responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access
to or use of third-party content, products, or services, except as set forth in
an applicable agreement between you and Oracle.
Value-Added Reseller
(VAR) Language
Oracle Retail VAR Applications
The following restrictions and provisions only apply to the programs referred to in this section and licensed to you. You acknowledge that the programs may contain third party software (VAR applications) licensed to Oracle. Depending upon your product and its version number, the VAR applications may include:
(i) the MicroStrategy Components developed and licensed by MicroStrategy Services Corporation (MicroStrategy) of McLean, Virginia to Oracle and imbedded in the MicroStrategy for Oracle Retail Data Warehouse and MicroStrategy for Oracle Retail Planning & Optimization applications.
(ii) the Wavelink component developed and licensed by Wavelink Corporation (Wavelink) of Kirkland, Washington, to Oracle and imbedded in Oracle Retail Mobile Store Inventory Management.
(iii) the software component known as Access Via™ licensed by Access Via of Seattle, Washington, and imbedded in Oracle Retail Signs and Oracle Retail Labels and Tags.
(iv) the software component known as Adobe Flex™ licensed by Adobe Systems Incorporated of San Jose, California, and imbedded in Oracle Retail Promotion Planning & Optimization application.
You acknowledge and confirm that Oracle grants you use of only the object code of the VAR Applications. Oracle will not deliver source code to the VAR Applications to you. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the agreement and this ordering document, you shall not cause or permit alteration of any VAR Applications. For purposes of this section, "alteration" refers to all alterations, translations, upgrades, enhancements, customizations or modifications of all or any portion of the VAR Applications including all reconfigurations, reassembly or reverse assembly, re-engineering or reverse engineering and recompilations or reverse compilations of the VAR Applications or any derivatives of the VAR Applications. You acknowledge that it shall be a breach of the agreement to utilize the relationship, and/or confidential information of the VAR Applications for purposes of competitive discovery.
The information contained in this document is for informational sharing purposes only and should be considered in your capacity as a customer advisory board member or pursuant to your beta trial agreement only. It is not a commitment to deliver any material, code, or functionality, and should not be relied upon in making purchasing decisions. The development, release, and timing of any features or functionality described in this document remains at the sole discretion of Oracle.
This document in any form, software or printed matter, contains proprietary information that is the exclusive property of Oracle. Your access to and use of this confidential material is subject to the terms and conditions of your Oracle Master Agreement, Oracle License and Services Agreement, Oracle PartnerNetwork Agreement, Oracle distribution agreement, or other license agreement which has been executed by you and Oracle and with which you agree to comply. This document and information contained herein may not be disclosed, copied, reproduced, or distributed to anyone outside Oracle without prior written consent of Oracle. This document is not part of your license agreement nor can it be incorporated into any contractual agreement with Oracle or its subsidiaries or affiliates.
Improved Process for Oracle Retail Documentation Corrections
Oracle Retail Documentation on the Oracle Technology Network
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
TSF Entities - DC_TSF_ENTITY Table
Set of Books - DC_TSF_FIF_GL_SETUP Table
Organization Unit - DC_ORG_UNIT Table
Segment Wrapper / Load Script (DC_LOAD_CORE.KSH)
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
Merchandise Hierarchy Defaults - DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS Table
VAT Departments - DC_VAT_DEPS Table
UDA Item Defaults - DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS Table
DC_LOAD_MERCH.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_WH_ORG.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
Segment Wrapper / Load Script (DC_LOAD_STORE_ORG.KSH)
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
Supplier Address - DC_SUP_ADDR Table
Supplier Import Attributes - DC_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR Table
DC_LOAD_SUPPLIER.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_PARTNER.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
DBC_CREATE_COUNTRY_ATTRIB Table
DC_COUNTRY_ATTRIB.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_FASHION_ITEM.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_HARDLINE_ITEM.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_GROCERY_ITEMS.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_packs.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_ITEM_SUPPLIER.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_ITEM_LOCATION.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_ITEM_OTHER.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
Transfer Entity – Organization Unit – Set of Books
File Format and External Oracle Tables
External Oracle Table Definition
DC_LOAD_LOAD_MSOB_INFO.KSH Segment Wrapper / Load Script
Organizational Hierarchy Tables
AAppendix: Seed Data Installation
Oracle Retail Merchandising, Data Conversion Operations Guide, Release 14.1
Your feedback is important, and helps us to best meet your needs as a user of our products. For example:
§ Are the implementation steps correct and complete?
§ Did you understand the context of the procedures?
§ Did you find any errors in the information?
§ Does the structure of the information help you with your tasks?
§ Do you need different information or graphics? If so, where, and in what format?
§ Are the examples correct? Do you need more examples?
If you find any errors or have any other suggestions for improvement, then please tell us your name, the name of the company who has licensed our products, the title and part number of the documentation and the chapter, section, and page number (if available).
Note: Before sending us your comments, you might like to check that you have the latest version of the document and if any concerns are already addressed. To do this, access the Online Documentation available on the Oracle Technology Network Web site. It contains the most current Documentation Library plus all documents revised or released recently.
Send your comments to us using the electronic mail address: retail-doc_us@oracle.com
Please give your name, address, electronic mail address, and telephone number (optional).
If you need assistance with Oracle software, then please contact your support representative or Oracle Support Services.
If you require training or instruction in using Oracle software, then please contact your Oracle local office and inquire about our Oracle University offerings. A list of Oracle offices is available on our Web site at www.oracle.com.
This Oracle Retail Merchandising Data Conversion Operations Guide is a reference for the data conversion operations required to migrate from legacy retail management systems to the Oracle Retail Merchandising software.
This guide describes the data conversion operations that begin with flat files produced from the databases of legacy applications. It details the content and format of each flat file required to perform the data conversion, as well as the tables created and populated by the conversion scripts.
The Oracle Retail Merchandising Data Conversion Operations Guide is intended for the Oracle Retail Merchandising Operations Management applications integrators and implementation staff, as well as the retailer's IT personnel.
For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=docacc.
Access to Oracle Support
Oracle customers that have purchased support have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support. For information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=info or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs if you are hearing impaired.
For more information, see the following:
§ Oracle Retail Merchandising System documentation set
§ Oracle Retail Price Management documentation set
To contact Oracle Customer Support, access My Oracle Support at the following URL:
When contacting Customer Support, please provide the following:
§ Product version and program/module name
§ Functional and technical description of the problem (include business impact)
§ Detailed step-by-step instructions to re-create
§ Exact error message received
§ Screen shots of each step you take
When you install the application for the first time, you install either a base release (for example, 14.1) or a later patch release (for example, 14.1.1). If you are installing the base release or additional patch releases, read the documentation for all releases that have occurred since the base release before you begin installation. Documentation for patch releases can contain critical information related to the base release, as well as information about code changes since the base release.
To more quickly address critical corrections to Oracle Retail documentation content, Oracle Retail documentation may be republished whenever a critical correction is needed. For critical corrections, the republication of an Oracle Retail document may at times not be attached to a numbered software release; instead, the Oracle Retail document will simply be replaced on the Oracle Technology Network Web site, or, in the case of Data Models, to the applicable My Oracle Support Documentation container where they reside.
This process will prevent delays in making critical corrections available to customers. For the customer, it means that before you begin installation, you must verify that you have the most recent version of the Oracle Retail documentation set. Oracle Retail documentation is available on the Oracle Technology Network at the following URL:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/documentation/oracle-retail-100266.html
An updated version of the applicable Oracle Retail document is indicated by Oracle part number, as well as print date (month and year). An updated version uses the same part number, with a higher-numbered suffix. For example, part number E123456-02 is an updated version of a document with part number E123456-01.
If a more recent version of a document is available, that version supersedes all previous versions.
Documentation is packaged with each Oracle Retail product release. Oracle Retail product documentation is also available on the following Web site:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/documentation/oracle-retail-100266.html
(Data Model documents are not available through Oracle Technology Network. These documents are packaged with released code, or you can obtain them through My Oracle Support).
Documentation should be available on this Web site within a month after a product release.
Navigate: This is a navigate statement. It tells you how to get to the start of the procedure and ends with a screen shot of the starting point and the statement “the Window Name window opens”.
This is a code sample
It is used to display examples of code
This chapter gives a brief introduction to the overall process to convert legacy data to the tables required by the Oracle Retail Merchandising applications. You can perform the conversion using a data conversion toolset designed specifically for this purpose.
This chapter describes the components of the data conversion toolset and the sequence of data conversion. It also notes some basic assumptions and prerequisites for performing the data conversion.
The conversion processing performed with the data conversion toolset is one part of the total scope of the migration from legacy systems to the Merchandising applications.
Data Conversion Process
Before actual data conversion begins, the implementation team must complete analysis, mapping, preparation, and extraction of the legacy data into the flat files required for conversion. The Oracle Retail implementation team performs this work with the retailer’s systems management, database management, systems analysis, and operations staff.
The data conversion toolset assumes clean data that conforms to the data structures detailed in this guide.
The overall approach of this data conversion toolset is to use one data loading script for each table or functional area, based on the input files provided by the legacy system. These scripts are executed in sequence through a master wrapper script (UNIX shell script). This toolset assumes that all data loaded is clean, so there is no data validation during data load. If there are any issues with data during conversion load, you must manually view log files to determine the cause and correct the data.
The following scripts are included in this data conversion toolset:
§ Master script DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH - This is the master script that starts the segment load scripts for each functional area. The KSH script can run other KSH or SQL scripts that are not covered in the Oracle Retail Merchandising conversion toolset, such as future/custom validation scripts. You can customize this script, and you can configure it to load any specified number of tables at one time.
§ Segment load scripts - For each functional area, the segment load scripts build the external tables by calling the database conversion table create scripts (SQL) and load data from the flat files by calling the SQL load script. The segment load script can also be configured to load only the data, skipping the table creation.
§ External Oracle table create scripts - For each functional area, the database conversion table create scripts contain the table column definitions, the target data file (*.dat file), the Oracle directory where the data files are located, and the location where the bad, discard, and log files are created. The load script has internal functions that select from the external tables and insert into Oracle Merchandising tables.
Note: Before you begin using the data conversion toolset, you must install the Merchandising applications and load all seed data. For more information, see Appendix: Seed Data Installation.
The following prerequisites and assumptions apply to the data conversion processes described in this guide:
§ Transformation of legacy data is not included as part of the data conversion toolset. Data loaded in flat files must be a clean data. There is no data validation included in this toolset.
§ Database constraints must be turned off.
§ All database triggers must be evaluated to determine which need to be turned off during the conversion effort.
This guide describes:
§ The master script used to run the auto-loading process.
§ The available conversion auto-loading programs and processing involved.
There are functional and technical descriptions of all programs included in the data conversion toolset. The program descriptions are organized by functional areas:
§ Core
§ Merchandise Hierarchy
§ Organizational Hierarchy
§ Suppliers
§ Items
§ Multiple Set of Books
§ Optional Data
Note: Data conversion must be performed in order by functional area, according to the organization of this guide and the prerequisites stated for each functional area.
The description of each program includes the following information:
§ Program purpose and functionality
§ Technical specifications
§ Field level definitions
§ Flat file layouts
To perform data conversion, follow this guide starting with Chapter 2. This guide has the following chapters:
Chapter |
Description |
|
2 |
Master Script |
This chapter describes the master script, the main tool used to run the auto-loading process. It describes configuration and setup tasks required before you can use the data conversion toolset. It also details how to customize the toolset for your specific data conversion needs. |
3 4 5 6 7 8 |
Core Merchandise Hierarchy Organizational Hierarchy Suppliers Multiple Sets of Books (MSOB) |
These chapters describe in detail all the programs and files required to load data for each of the functional areas. Each chapter also contains a Prerequisites section that lists all tasks that must be completed prior to running the tools for that functional area. Some chapters also have a Post-Loading Requirements section that describes tasks that must be done before data conversion is considered complete for that functional area. |
9 |
This chapter describes additional optional data that you can load manually for each of the functional areas. Optional data can be loaded after auto-loading is complete. |
|
Appendix |
This appendix describes the scripts used to load seed data at the time of installation. |
The configurable master script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH) executes the data load for each functional area in the data conversion toolset. It feeds from a sequence file (*.seq) that lists other scripts or executable programs used to load data to the RMS tables. The script can execute the following:
§ Other Korn shell (ksh) scripts (segment wrapper scripts to load data to RMS tables).
§ SQL scripts (to provide custom validation or table counts after loads).
§ Single- or multi-threaded RMS batch programs (to support conversion of functional areas such as organization.
The sequence file allows you to customize the execution of programs. You can customize the master script, and you can configure it to load any specified number of tables at one time. The script can be configured to run each segment wrapper script independently, allowing you to load smaller sets of data.
Note: Although the master script allows you to run all functional areas in succession, it is not intended for this purpose. There are prerequisites and post-loading requirements for each functional area, as well as other dependencies across functional areas.
For more information about loading requirement, see from Chapters 3 Core through Chapter 7 Items.
Common functions such as error handling and messaging (writing information to log files) are handled in a separate library file called in the dc_load_main.ksh script. Global variables, script, data, and other directories are defined in a separate configuration file.
Because most of the clients will load the data into the Oracle tables with constraints disabled, it is advisable to add custom SQL scripts for validation. Calls to these SQL scripts can be added to the sequence file after the load script. Suggested validation is noted in each section, to assist in developing and adding validation scripts to ensure a successful conversion. These validations are done after the individual load completes and prior to enabling the constraints. The nature and quantity of load issues indicated by the load validations helps to determine, along with analysis of the log files, whether a reload should be considered.
The configuration file (DC_LOAD.CFG) contains all directory paths for the executable KSH scripts, SQL scripts, and so on. It also contains log and temp directories needed by the dc_load_main.ksh script and the segment scripts. The directories are stored in variables accessible to the calling script through the export command. This configuration script must be set up prior to start of data conversion runs.
Note: Before you begin using the data conversion toolset, you must install the merchandising applications and load all seed data. For more information, see Appendix: Seed Data Installation.
Create a separate set of UNIX directories to hold the data conversion toolset components. The following directories specific to data conversion should be configured before running the master script. All data and log directories must have read and write privileges.
Directory |
Name |
Description |
Oracle data directory |
orclDataDir |
This is the directory name defined within the database that points to a system directory that contains the data files used by the external tables (dataDir). |
Oracle log directory |
orclLogDir |
This is the directory name defined within the database that points to a system directory that contains the log files generated by the external tables. Note: In some instances, an entry in the external table log may be repeated several times, because the external table may be used in several inserts. |
Data directory |
dataDir |
This directory contains the data files (*.dat) used to load information to the external Oracle tables. |
Data completed directory |
dataCompDir |
This directory contains processed data files. |
Bad file directory |
badDir |
This directory contains files with rejected records (*.bad files). |
Discard file directory |
dscDir |
This directory contains discarded files (*.dsc). This directory can be the same as the bad file directory. |
Script directory |
scriptDir |
This directory contains all the scripts used in the conversion process. |
Log directory |
logDir |
This directory contains the conversion script execution logs. Note: This directory is different from the orclLogDir. The logDir contains the daily logs generated by the conversion scripts. The orclLogDir contains logs generated by the external tables. |
Status directory |
statusDir |
This directory contains the status files created after each load. This directory can be the same as the log directory. |
RMS bin directory |
rmsBinDir |
This is the directory where the RMS batch executables are installed. |
Other directories can be created as needed.
The following variables are shared across all conversion scripts:
Variable |
Description |
connectStr |
Oracle Wallet alias to be provided to connect to the database. |
dataExt |
File extension for data files, default .dat. |
badExt |
File extension for bad files, default .bad. |
dscExt |
File extension for discard files, default .dsc. |
statusExt |
File extension for status files, default .status. |
seqExt |
File extension for sequence files, default .seq. |
Other variables are used as needed.
The sequence file (*.seq) is a file that lists executables to be run in sequence. This file can specify KSH scripts, SQL scripts, RMS batch programs, or other executables. The dc_load_main.ksh script reads from this file, so this file must be configured prior to running the master script.
The lines of the file have the following format:
<tag> <script-name> <script-parameters>
Tags are as follows:
Tag |
Description |
PGM |
Use this tag to run KSH scripts or other executable scripts or applications. If no path is defined with the script name, it is assumed that the script resides in the script directory defined in the configuration file (*.cfg). |
SQL |
Use this tag to run SQL scripts. If no path is included with the script name, it is assumed that the script resides in the script directory defined in the configuration file. |
BRPGM |
Used to run Brazil specific ksh scripts or other executable file. If no path is included with the script name, it assumes the script resides in the script directory defined in the configuration file. |
RMS |
Use this tag to run RMS batch programs. Although these are executable, RMS tables must be referenced to automatically thread the execution. It is assumed that the batch executable is located in the bin directory unless specified otherwise (when using customized programs) and has an entry in the restart control tables (except for prepost). |
> |
Use this tag before text lines to display custom messages to both the log file and screen. |
# |
Use this tag before text lines to include remarks in the sequence file that are ignored during execution. |
Example:
# This section will load the supplier information to the RMS tables.
> Running LOAD_SUPPLIER.KSH…
PGM load_supplier.ksh
> Loading supplier information completed.
# Now validate if the data is loaded successfully.
SQL dc_validate_supplier.sql
Note: The sequence file should terminate with a new line. The tag, program name, and parameters are all separated by spaces.
The Library file (dc_load.lib) is a collection of common functions used by the dc_load_main.ksh and segment load scripts used in the conversion process. The functions are as follows:
§ checkCfg - This function is called in by the load scripts to check whether the configuration file contains sufficient information to run the conversion load.
§ checkError - This function is called inside execKsh and execSql, after executing the script read from the sequence file. It checks the process status and writes the message to the log file.
§ checkFile - This function checks whether the file passed in meets certain file attribute conditions. Using options, this function checks the following:
– File existence (option –e)
– Read access (option –r)
– File size (if greater than 0, using option -s)
– If executable (option –x)
For conversion files defined in the configuration file, attribute checks are performed according to type:
– For data (*.dat) and sequence (*.seq) files, files are checked for existence, size, and read access.
– For bad (*.bad), discard (*.dsc), and status (*.status) files, only existence is checked.
This function is also used to check whether a program is executable. It returns 1 if one of the set conditions fails.
§ getAvailThread - This function gets the minimum thread value for the passed-in batch program from the restart_program_status table where the status is ‘ready for start’. It uses an embedded SQL SELECT to get the information.
§ refreshThreads - This function updates the restart_program_status table to ‘ready for start’ status for threads the previously completed successfully.
§ execPgm - This function is called from the main script to execute KSH or other executable scripts, as read from the *.seq file. The program file passed in is verified first, prior to execution, using the checkFile function. If the file is valid, the script is invoked as it would be in the command line. All messages displayed by the called script are written to the log.
§ execSql - This function is called from the main script to execute SQL scripts only, as read from the *.seq file. The SQL file passed in is verified first, prior to execution, using the checkFile function. The sqlplus –s command is used to execute the SQL script, passing the connect string defined in the env file and the script name. All messages displayed by the called script are written to the log file.
§ execRms - This function is called from the main script to execute RMS batch programs, threaded according to the restart control tables. Because this script allows execution of custom RMS batch programs, the function checks whether the file is valid, using the checkFile function with the option –x. If no path is defined, it uses the default directory for the RMS executables defined in the load configuration file. If the file is found to be valid, the function checks the type of batch program it will run.
For prepost batch, the function extracts the main batch and the prepost indicator from the seqData2 information and executes the batch.
For file- or table-based batch programs, the function uses more complex logic to take advantage of the multi-threading capabilities of the batch. File-based programs are dependent on input files to load information to the RMS tables. The script checks whether at least an input file exists. If so, the script loops through the file list, refreshes the restart_program_status table using the refreshThreads function, and attempts to get an available thread using the getAvailThread function. If a thread is found, it moves the input file to a process directory (defined in the *.cfg file), appends the thread number, and executes the batch. These steps are repeated until all files in the input file directory (also defined in the *.cfg file) are processed. Only files with the correct file prefix (for example, POSU for posupld files) are processed.
For table-based batch programs, the function checks whether a driver value is defined. If none is defined, the batch is not threaded, or it is threaded using its parameters. In this case, the function checks the seqData2 information passed in to the function. If seqData2 contains no data, the batch is executed immediately. If the parameter variable (from the seqData2 value) contains information, the function builds a parameter list (paramLst array) and loops through the parameter list. If the parameter list has values, the script starts the processing by obtaining an available thread through the refreshThreads and getAvailThread functions, and executing the batch by passing the parameter values required. Table-based batch programs are handled by obtaining the number of threads from the restart control, refreshing the threads, and looping through each available thread.
Simultaneous execution of the batch (multithreading) is achieved through a subprocess (& appended to the batch execution line).
§ execBRPgm - This function is called from the main script to execute KSH or other executable scripts, as read from the *.seq file. The scripts are only executed if the system’s base country is BR and it’s localized. The program file passed in is verified first, prior to execution, using the checkFile function. If the file is valid, the script is invoked as it would be in the command line. All messages displayed by the called script are written to the log.
The dc_load_main.ksh script first calls the dc_load.cfg configuration file and the dc_load.lib library file to set up the environment variables, such as directories, and to define common functions. Most of the actual logic resides in the library.
The main section first validates whether the sequence file passed in is valid (if it exists, is readable, and has data).
If the file is valid, the script proceeds to read the information from the file line by line:
§ The script assumes that the first value it reads is the tag value and stores this value in the tag variable.
§ The second value contains the program name (program name only, or with specific path names for files not in the script directory defined in the configuration file). This information is stored in the seqData1 variable.
§ The third value contains the rest of the program parameters and is stored in the seqData2 variable.
Using a case statement, the script checks each tag and executes the appropriate command or function:
§ Empty lines, and those with the # tag, are ignored.
§ Text lines after the > tag are displayed to the screen and written to the log file. This tag is used to indicate the current processing point.
§ For lines with the PGM tag, the script calls the execPgm library function.
§ Similarly for lines with BRPGM, SQL and RMS, the script calls the execBRPgm, execSql and execRms library functions, respectively.
This section describes the preparations for running KSH scripts and the commands to run scripts.
Before running a KSH script, ensure that the file has the proper permissions:
-rwxrwx-r-x
Delete the status (*.status), discard (*.dsc), and bad (*.bad) files.
The environment path variable (PATH) must include the directory where the conversion scripts is executed. The UNIX administrator can set this by using a script, or the user can export the path by doing one of the following (where > represents the UNIX or Linux command line prompt):
Option 1
> cd $MMHOME/external/scripts (or the actual script directory)
> export PATH=$PATH:.
Option 2
Add the following line to the user .profile file:
export PATH=$PATH:$MMHOME/external/scripts (or the actual script directory)
Run the master script using the following syntax (where > represents the UNIX or Linux command line prompt):
> dc_load_main.ksh –q <sequence-file-name>
Note the use of ‘ksh’ in the command. This prevents the program from exiting the session after it has completed execution.
To run individual segment wrapper scripts, the ‘–q <sequence-file-name>’ portion of the command line is not required. For example:
> dc_load_core.ksh
Note: When the KSH script calls SQL scripts to load external tables, it is common to encounter the following error. This is because there may not be an external Oracle table to DROP if the table does not exist in the database. No additional action is required.
ERROR
at line 1:
ORA-00942: table or view does not exist
The data loading process does not truncate RMS tables; it only DROPs external Oracle tables. The KSH script can be used to load data to the same table in multiple phases.
This chapter describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ TERMS_HEAD
§ TERMS_DETAIL
§ FREIGHT_TYPE
§ FREIGHT_TERMS
§ FREIGHT_SIZE
§ VAT_CODES
§ VAT_CODE_RATES
§ VAT_REGION
§ UDA
§ UDA_VALUES
§ TICKET_TYPE_HEAD
§ TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL
§ DIFF_IDS
§ TSF_ENTITY
§ FIF_GL_SETUP
§ ORG_UNIT
§ BRAND
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_core.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
· dbc_terms_head_tab.sql
· dbc_terms_detail_tab.sql
· dbc_create_freight_type_tab.sql
· dbc_create_freight_terms_tab.sql
· dbc_create_freight_size_tab.sql
· dbc_create_vat_codes_tab.sql
· dbc_create_vat_code_rates_tab.sql
· dbc_create_vat_region_tab.sql
· dbc_create_uda_tab.sql
· dbc_create_uda_values_tab.sql
· dbc_create_ticket_type_head_tab.sql
· dbc_create_ticket_type_detail_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_diffids_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_tsf_entity_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_fif_gl_setup_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_org_unit_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_brand_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Core functional area:
Data Flow for Core Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for the Core functional area, there are tables that must be loaded manually, because of data dependencies for auto-loading within this functional area. Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
Note: It is assumed that you have already installed the Merchandising applications and loaded all installation seed data. For more information, see Appendix: Seed Data Installation.
The following table lists the tables that require manual data loading and indicates whether each table is required or optional:
Table |
Required / Optional / Comments |
CALENDAR |
Required Note: Calendar data is loaded as part of installation; however, the data provided may not match the calendar that fits your business operation. Consider revising the calendar data script. Tip: CALENDAR.MONTH_454 = 1 is January (not fiscal year). |
HALF |
Required |
BANNER |
Required when multi-channel is turned on |
CHANNELS |
Required |
SEASONS |
Optional |
PHASES |
Optional |
DIFF_TYPE |
Required |
TSFZONE |
Required |
STORE_FORMAT |
Required |
BUYER |
Optional |
MERCHANT |
Optional |
CVB_HEAD |
Optional |
CVB_DETAIL |
Optional |
ELC_COMP |
Required only if upcharges are loaded |
STATE |
Required only if using addresses in U.S. locations |
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_core.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TERMS_HEAD_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TERMS_HEAD
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that TERMS_HEAD.TERMS is unique.
§ Capture the count from TERMS_HEAD and compare to flat file DC_TERMS_HEAD.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
Y |
Unique identifier of supplier payment terms record. |
TERMS |
VARCHAR2(15) |
TERMS_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
50 |
Y |
Code that represents the supplier payment terms in Oracle Financials. |
TERMS_CODE |
VARCHAR2(50) |
TERMS_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Description of the supplier payment terms. For example, 2.5% 30 Days. |
TERMS_DESC |
VARCHAR2(240) |
RANK |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
Rank to rate invoice payment terms against purchase order terms. These rankings are defined in the retailer’s financial system. These rankings are used in “best terms” calculation. When terms are compared, the term with the higher rank (meaning lower number - 1 is the highest rank) is the best term. This must be a whole number greater than zero. |
RANK |
NUMBER(10) |
File name: DC_TERMS_DETAIL.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TERMS_DETAIL_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TERMS_DETAIL
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that TERMS_DETAIL.TERMS is a valid TERMS_HEAD.TERMS.
§ Ensure that each combination of TERMS_DETAIL.TERMS and TERMS_DETAIL.TERMS_SEQ is unique.
§ Capture the count from TERMS_DETAIL and compare to flat file DC_TERMS_DETAIL.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
Note: Column order for this file does not match the RMS TERMS_DETAIL table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
Y |
Unique identifier of supplier payment terms record. This ties the detail record to the appropriate dc_terms_head record. |
TERMS |
VARCHAR2(15) |
TERMS_SEQ |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Order sequence in which to apply the discount percent. |
TERMS_SEQ |
NUMBER(10) |
DUEDAYS |
Numeric |
3 |
Y |
Number of days until payment is due. |
DUEDAYS |
NUMBER(3,) |
DUE_MAX_AMOUNT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Maximum payment amount due by a given date. |
DUE_MAX_AMOUNT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
DUE_DOM |
Numeric |
2 |
Y |
Day of month used to calculate due date of invoice payment line. For example, 1 represents the 1st day of the month. |
DUE_DOM |
NUMBER(2) |
DUE_MM_FWD |
Numeric |
3 |
Y |
Number of months ahead used to calculate due date of invoice payment line. |
DUE_MM_FWD |
NUMBER(3) |
DISCDAYS |
Numeric |
3 |
Y |
Number of days in which payment must be made in order to receive the discount. |
DISCDAYS |
NUMBER(3) |
PERCENT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Percent of discount if payment is made within specified time period. |
PERCENT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
DISC_DOM |
Numeric |
2 |
Y |
Day of month used to calculate discount date of invoice payment line. For example, 1 represents the 1st day of the month. |
DISC_DOM |
NUMBER(2) |
DISC_MM_FWD |
Numeric |
3 |
Y |
Number of months ahead used to calculate discount date of invoice payment line. |
DISC_MM_FWD |
NUMBER(3) |
ENABLED_FLAG |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether payment terms are valid or invalid within the application. |
ENABLED_FLAG |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CUTOFF_DAY |
Numeric |
2 |
Y |
Day of the month after which Oracle Payables schedules payment using the day after the current month. |
CUTOFF_DAY |
NUMBER(2) |
FIXED_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
7 |
N |
Fixed due date. |
FIXED_DATE |
DATE |
START_DATE_ACTIVE |
Alpha-numeric |
7 |
N |
Date in which the payment terms become active. |
START_DATE_ACTIVE |
DATE |
END_DATE_ACTIVE |
Alpha-numeric |
7 |
N |
Date in which the payment terms become inactive. |
END_DATE_ACTIVE |
DATE |
File name: DC_FREIGHT_TYPE.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FREIGHT_TYPE_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FREIGHT_TYPE
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that FREIGHT_TYPE.FREIGHT_TYPE is unique.
§ Capture the count from FREIGHT_TYPE and compare to flat file DC_FREIGHT_TYPE.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
Freight_Method |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the freight method. |
FREIGHT_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
Freight_Method_Desc |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the freight method. Examples are Full Container Load and Less than Container Load. |
FREIGHT_TYPE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
File name: DC_FREIGHT_TERMS.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FREIGHT_TERMS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FREIGHT_TERMS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that FREIGHT_TERMS.FREIGHT_TERMS is unique.
§ Capture the count from FREIGHT_TERMS and compare to flat file DC_FREIGHT_TERMS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
FREIGHT_TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
Y |
Unique identifier of freight terms record. |
FREIGHT_TERMS |
VARCHAR2(30) |
TERM_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Description of the freight terms. Examples include a percentage of total cost or a flat fee. |
TERM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(240) |
START_DATE_ACTIVE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Date on which the freight terms become active. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
START_DATE_ACTIVE |
DATE |
END_DATE_ACTIVE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Date on which the freight terms become inactive. Date format is DDMONYYYY. |
END_DATE_ACTIVE |
DATE |
ACTIVE_FLAG |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether freight terms are valid or invalid within the application. Default = N. |
ENABLED_FLAG |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_FREIGHT_SIZE.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FREIGHT_SIZE_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FREIGHT_SIZE
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that FREIGHT_SIZE.FREIGHT_SIZE is unique.
§ Capture count from FREIGHT_SIZE and compare to flat file DC_FREIGHT_SIZE.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
FREIGHT_SIZE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the freight size record. |
FREIGHT_SIZE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
FREIGHT_SIZE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Freight size description (for example, 40 foot container). |
FREIGHT_SIZE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
File name: DC_VAT_CODES.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VAT_CODES_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_VAT_CODES
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that VAT_CODES.VAT_CODE is unique.
§ Capture the count from VAT_CODES and compare to flat file DC_VAT_CODES.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ VAT-related tables are only inserted if vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used).
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
VAT_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Unique identifier of value added tax code, used to determine which items are subject to VAT. For example, the Valid values includes: S – Standard Z – Zero |
VAT_CODE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
VAT_CODE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Value added tax code description. |
VAT_CODE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
File name: DC_VAT_CODE_RATES.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VAT_CODE_RATES_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_VAT_CODE_RATES
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that VAT_CODE_RATES.VAT_CODE is a valid VAT_CODES.VAT_CODE.
§ Capture the count from VAT_CODE_RATES and compare to flat file DC_VAT_CODE_RATES.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ VAT-related tables are only inserted if vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used).
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
VAT_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Unique identifier of value added tax code. This ties the record to the appropriate dc_vat_codes record. |
VAT_CODE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
ACTIVE_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
Y |
Date on which VAT rate becomes active. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
ACTIVE_DATE |
DATE |
VAT_RATE |
Numeric |
20,10 |
Y |
VAT rate as a percentage. |
VAT_RATE |
NUMBER(20,10) |
File name: DC_VAT_REGION.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VAT_REGION_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_VAT_REGION
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that VAT_REGION.VAT_REGION is unique.
§ Capture the count from VAT_REGION and compare to flat file DC_VAT_REGION.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ VAT-related tables are only inserted if vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used).
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
VAT_REGION |
Numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of VAT region. VAT region is determined by the VAT authority. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_REGION_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name/description of the VAT region. |
VAT_REGION_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
VAT_REGION_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
VAT region type. Valid values include E for base EU members, M for EU members, and N for non members of the EU. |
VAT_REGION_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
ACQUISITION_VAT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if acquisition VAT is applicable to the VAT region. Valid values are Y and N. |
ACQUISITION_VAT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REVERSE_VAT_THRESHOLD |
Numeric |
20, 4 |
N |
This holds the invoice-level total value limit. The reverse charge VAT rule only applies if the total value of items are subject to reverse charge VAT exceeds the threshold for an invoice. This value is expressed in the country currency of the vat_region, which typically only belongs to one country. |
REVERSE_VAT_THRESHOLD
|
NUMBER(20, 4) |
File name: DC_UDA.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_UDA_TAB.SQL
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that UDA.UDA_ID is unique.
§ Capture the count from UDA and compare to flat file DC_UDA.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
UDA_ID |
Numeric |
5 |
Y |
Unique identifier of user-defined attribute. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of user-defined attribute. UDAs do not have specific processing within RMS. |
UDA_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
DISPLAY_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
How the UDA displays to the user online. Valid values are: LV - List of values. FF - Free-form text. DT – Date. Note: A UDA with DISPLAY_TYPE LV must also have a corresponding UDA record in DC_UDA_VALUES.DAT. |
DISPLAY_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
DATA_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
12 |
N |
Data type associated with the UDA. § If display_type =DT, the data_type should be DATE. If no value is provided in the flat file, the default value is DATE. § If display_type = FF, the data_type should be ALPHA. If no value is provided in the flat file, the default value is ALPHA. § If display_type = LV, the data_type can either be NUM or ALPHA. If no value is provided in the flat file, the default value is ALPHA. |
DATA_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(12) |
DATA_LENGTH |
Numeric |
3 |
N |
Maximum length of the UDA values. This field should not be populated for a DT display type. It is optional for FF and LV display types. For LV, this constrains what is stored in UDA_VALUES. UDA_VALUE_DESCRIPTION. For FF, this constrains what is stored in UDA_ITEM_FF, UDA_TEXT. |
DATA_LENGTH |
VARCHAR2(3) |
SINGLE_VALUE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this UDA can have only one value associated with an item. If Y, only one value of the UDA can be associated with an item. |
SINGLE_VALUE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_UDA_VALUES_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_UDA_VALUES
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that UDA_VALUES.UDA_ID is a valid UDA.UDA_ID.
§ Capture the count from UDA_VALUES and compare to flat file DC_UDA_VALUES.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
UDA_ID |
Numeric |
5 |
Y |
Unique identifier of user-defined attribute. This applies only to UDAs with LV display type. This ties the record to the appropriate dc_uda record. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_VALUE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the UDA value. |
UDA_VALUE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
File name: DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.TICKET_TYPE_ID is unique.
§ Capture the count from TICKET_TYPE_HEAD and compare to flat file DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of ticket or label type. |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
VARCHAR2(4) |
TICKET_TYPE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of ticket or label type. |
TICKET_TYPE_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SHELF_EDGE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this is a shelf edge label. Default = N. |
SEL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.TICKET_TYPE_ID is a valid TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.TICKET_TYPE_ID.
§ Ensure that TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.TICKET_ITEM_ID (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = TCKT.
§ Ensure that TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.UDA_ID (if not NULL) is a valid UDA.UDA_ID.
§ Capture the count from TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL and compare to flat file DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. Ind |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of ticket or label type. This ties the
record to the appropriate dc_ticket_ |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
VARCHAR2(4) |
TICKET_ITEM_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Identifier of type of information/attribute to be displayed on ticket or label type. Valid values come from the TCKT code_type. If this field is populated, the uda_id field should not be populated. |
TICKET_ITEM_ID |
VARCHAR2(4) |
UDA_ID |
Numeric |
5 |
N |
If the information to be displayed on the ticket or label type is a user defined attribute (UDA), this field should be populated with the uda_id. This value comes from the uda.uda_id field. If this field is populated, the ticket_item_id field should not be populated. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
Note: If any records are in the BAD or DISCARD file, the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun. No new records within a sequence group can be added to the RMS table through the scripts.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_DIFF_IDS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_DIFF_IDS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Ensure that DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID is unique.
§ Ensure that DIFF_IDS.DIFF_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = DIFF.
§ Capture the count from DIFF_IDS and compare to flat file DC_DIFF_IDS.DAT to ensure all that rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
DIFF_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the differentiator. |
DIFF_ID |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Differentiator group associated to the differentiator. Valid values are from the DIFF_TYPE column in the DIFF_TYPE table. Examples are C for Color and F for Flavor. |
DIFF_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
DIFF_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the differentiator. Examples are Red, Stripe, and Strawberry. |
DIFF_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
INDUSTRY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Unique number that represents all possible combinations of sizes, according to the National Retail Federation. Optional. |
INDUSTRY_ CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
INDUSTRY_SUBGROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Unique number that represents all different color range groups, according to the National Retail Federation. Optional. |
INDUSTRY_SUBGROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
File name: DC_TSF_ENTITY.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TSF_ENTITY_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TSF_ENTITY
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh): Ensure that TSF_ENTITY.TSF_ENTITY_ID is unique.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
||||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
|
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the transfer entity. |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
|
TSF_ENTITY_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the transfer entity. |
TSF_ENTITY_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
|
File name: DC_TSF_FIF_GL_SETUP.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FIF_GL_SETUP_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FIF_GL_SETUP
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh): Ensure that FIF_GL_SETUP.SET_OF_BOOKS_ID is unique.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Unique identifier for the set of books. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Last updated ID for transactions. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SEQUENCE1_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE1_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE2_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE2_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE3_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE3_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE4_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE4_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE5_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE5_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE6_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE6_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE7_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE7_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE8_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE8_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE9_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE9_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
SEQUENCE10_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains description for sequence columns on the interface cross-reference form. |
SEQUENCE10_DESC |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CATEGORY_ID |
Numeric |
38 |
Y |
Oracle category ID. Default for purchase order feed. |
CATEGORY_ID |
NUMBER(38) |
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Oracle location ID. Default for purchase order feed. |
DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID |
Numeric |
38 |
Y |
Oracle Organization ID. Default for purchase order feed. |
DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID |
NUMBER(38) |
PERIOD_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
N |
User entered accounting period name as defined in financial applications. |
PERIOD_NAME |
VARCHAR2(15) |
SET_OF_BOOKS_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Set of books description. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency code for the Set of Books ID. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
File name: DC_ORG_UNIT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ORG_UNIT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FIF_GL_SETUP
ORG_UNIT
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh): Ensure that ORG.UNIT.ORG_UNIT_ID is unique.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifier for the Organization ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
DESCRIPTION |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the organization unit. |
DESCRIPTION |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
N |
Set of books ID. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
File name: DC_BRAND.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_BRAND_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_BRAND
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_core.ksh):
§ Capture the count from BRAND and compare to flat file DC_BRAND.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ DC_BRAND.DAT and DBC_CREATE_BRAND_TAB.SQL: The SQL script is called by the DC_LOAD_CORE.KSH and creates the DC_BRAND oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
Y |
Brand Name. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
BRAND_DESCRIPTION |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Brand Description. |
BRAND_DESCRIPTION |
VARCHAR2(120) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create the external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from the external Oracle tables to the RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_core.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_ TERMS_HEAD external table and inserts the data to the RMS TERMS_HEAD and TERMS_HEAD_TL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The fields that are not required are NULL.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_terms_head.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_ TERMS_DETAIL external table and inserts the data to the RMS TERMS_DETAIL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The fields that are not required are NULL.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required files to load: dc_terms_head.dat, dc_terms_detail.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FREIGHT_TYPE external table and inserts the data to the RMS FREIGHT_TYPE and FREIGHT_TYPE_TL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_freight_type.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FREIGHT_TERMS external table and inserts the data to the RMS FREIGHT_TERMS and FREIGHT_TERMS_TL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_freight_terms.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FREIGHT_SIZE external table and inserts the data to the RMS FREIGHT_SIZE and FREIGHT_SIZE_TL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_freight_size.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_VAT_CODES external table and inserts the data to the RMS VAT_CODES table if vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used). All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table and are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_vat_codes.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_VAT_CODE_RATES external table and inserts the data to the RMS VAT_CODE_RATES table if vat_ind on system_options is ‘Y’ and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used). All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The table below defines the default value in the RMS tables if no information is provided in the data file (external table field value is NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_VAT_CODE_RATES to VAT_CODE_RATES Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
CREATE_DATE |
SYSDATE |
Date the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_ID |
Oracle User |
User who created the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
Required files to load: dc_vat_codes.dat (required to verify if vat_codes was loaded previously), dc_vat_code_rates.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_VAT_REGION external table and inserts the data to the RMS VAT_REGION table if vat_ind on system_options is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used). All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table and all are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_vat_region.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_UDA external table and inserts the data into the RMS UDA table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA to UDA Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
MODULE |
ITEM |
Functional area of RMS to which this applies. The only valid value is ITEM. |
DATA_TYPE |
ALPHA (FF/LV*) DATE (DT) NUM(LV*) |
If display_type =DT, the data type should be DATE. If no value is provided in the flat file, the default value is DATE. If display_type = FF, the data_type should be ALPHA. If no value is provided in the flat file, the default value is ALPHA. If display_type = LV, the data_type can either be NUM or ALPHA. If no value is provided in the flat file, the default value is ALPHA. |
Required file to load: dc_uda.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_UDA_VALUES external table and inserts the data into the RMS UDA_VALUES table. UDA_VALUES should contain information if the data_type value in the UDA table is LV. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value
DC_UDA_VALUES to UDA_VALUES Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
UDA_VALUE |
Sequence generated |
Per UDA_ID |
Required files to load: dc_uda.dat (required to check if uda is loaded previously), dc_uda_values.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD external table and inserts the data into the RMS TICKET_TYPE_HEAD table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required files to load: dc_ticket_type_head.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL external table and inserts the data into the RMS TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined). There should be a value in ticket_item_id or uda_id, but not both.
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL to TICKET_TYPE_DETAIL Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
SEQ_NO |
Sequence generated |
Per TICKET_TYPE_ID |
Required files to load: dc_ticket_type_head.dat (required to check if ticket_type_head is loaded previously), dc_ticket_type_detail.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_DIFF_IDS external table and inserts the data to the RMS DIFF_IDS table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All are required.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined). There should be a value in TICKET_ITEM_ID or UDA_ID, but not both.
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_diff_ids to diff_ids Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Oracle User |
User who last updated the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
Required file to load: dc_diff_ids.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_TSF_ENTITY external table and inserts the data to the RMS TSF_ENTITY table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All fields are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_tsf_entity.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FIF_GL_SETUP external table and inserts the data to the RMS FIF_GL_SETUP table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. SET_OF_BOOKS_ID.LAST_UPDATE_ID, CATEGORY_ID, DELIVER_TO_LOCATION_ID, DESTINATION_ORGANIZATION_ID, SET_OF_BOOKS_ID, and CURRENCY_CODE are required fields.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_fif_gl_setup.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_ORG_UNIT external table and inserts the data to the RMS ORG_UNIT table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All fields are required.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_org_unit.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_BRAND external table and inserts the data to the RMS BRAND table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. All fields are required.
This function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_brand.dat
After using the data conversion toolset for this functional area, there are additional tables that must be loaded manually before you proceed with data conversion for subsequent functional areas, because of data dependencies.
Manual data loading can be performed online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
The following table lists the tables that require manual data loading and indicates whether each table is required or optional:
Table |
Required / Optional |
DIFF_GROUP_HEAD |
Required |
DIFF_GROUP_DETAIL |
Required |
DIFF_RANGE_HEAD |
Optional |
DIFF_RANGE_DETAIL |
Optional |
This chapter describes data conversion for the following RMS/RPM tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ DEPS
§ CLASS
§ SUBCLASS
§ STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS
§ VAT_DEPS (only if default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ uda_item_defaults
§ RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load script. See Chapter 2, Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH), for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_merch.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
– dbc_create_merch_defaults_tab.sql
– dbc_create_deps_tab.sql
– dbc_create_class_tab.sql
– dbc_create_subclass_tab.sql
– dbc_create_vat_deps.sql
– dbc_create_uda_item_def.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Merchandise Hierarchy functional area:
Data Flow for the Merchandise Hierarchy Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Merchandise Hierarchy, you must complete data conversion for the Core functional area.
There are tables that must be loaded manually, because of data dependencies for auto-loading within this functional area. Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
The following required tables must be loaded manually:
§ COMPHEAD
§ DIVISION
§ GROUPS
You must retrieve the assigned data value UDA_VALUES.UDA_VALUE to create the DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULT.DAT flat file (see the section, UDA Item Defaults - DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS Table, in this chapter).
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_wh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_DEPS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_DEPS
This table is used to load the RMS DEPS and the RPM RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION tables.
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§ Ensure that DEPS.DEPT is unique.
§ Ensure that DEPS.GROUP_NO is a valid GROUPS.GROUP_NO.
§ Ensure DEPS.BUYER (if not NULL) is a valid BUYER.BUYER.
§ Ensure DEPS.MERCH (if not NULL) is a valid MERCHANT.MERCH.
§ Capture the counts from DEPS and RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION and compare to flat file DC_DEPS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_4_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the merchandise hierarchy level 4. |
DEPT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
BUYER |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Buyer for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are from the BUYER field in the BUYER table in RMS. |
BUYER |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCHANDISER |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Merchandiser for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are from the MERCH column in the MERCHANT table in RMS. |
MERCH |
NUMBER(4) |
PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
Integer |
1 |
N |
Method of accounting for the stock ledger. Valid values are: 1 - Direct cost 2 - Retail inventory If no value is specified in the flat file, the default
value is taken from the MERCH_HIER_4_ |
PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
NUMBER(1) |
MERCHANDISE_TYPE |
Integer |
1 |
N |
Type of merchandise in this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are: 0 - Normal merchandise 1 - Consignment stock 2 - Concession items If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the MERCH_HIER_4_PURCHASE_TYPE field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
PURCHASE_TYPE |
NUMBER(1) |
MERCH_HIER_3 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 3 of which merchandise hierarchy level 4 is a member. Valid values are in the GROUP_NO field in the GROUPS table in RMS. |
GROUP_NO |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_4_MRKUP_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Budgeted intake or markup percentage. The intake percentage, which is the percent of total take that is income, and the markup percent are calculated from this percent base on the value given as the MARKUP_CALC_TYPE. If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the MARKUP_PCT field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
MRKUP_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
TOTAL_MARKET_AMT |
Numeric |
24,4 |
N |
Total market amount expected for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Optional. |
TOTAL_MARKET_AMT |
NUMBER(24,4) |
MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
N |
Indicates how markup is calculated for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are: C - Cost R - Retail If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the MERCH_HIER_4_ MARKUP_CALC_TYPE field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
OTB_CALC_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates how open to buy is calculated for this merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are: C - Cost R - Retail If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the MERCH_HIER_4_OTB_CALC_TYPE field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
OTB_CALC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
MAX_AVG_COUNTER |
Integer |
5 |
N |
Maximum count of days with acceptable data to include in projected sales for items within the merchandise hierarchy 4. This provides a way to weigh the existing sales value in
the IF_RPM_ If the item has a relatively minimal seasonal swing, this value can be set higher, so that the value will remain stable and take many anomalies to move the value. If the item has a relatively strong seasonal swing, the counter should be set to a lower number, so that the value is more easily moved to reflect a trend or seasonal shift. Required if RPM is used. Default value is 1. |
MAX_AVGCOUNTER |
NUMBER(5) |
AVG_TOLERANCE_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Tolerance percentage used in averaging sales for items. Used to determine if a sales amount received falls within a reasonable range to be considered in the calculation. Values that fall outside the range are considered outliers and are capped at the high or low of the range. This is used by ReSA to populate the IF_RPM_SMOOTHED_AVG table. The purpose of this table is to populate projected sales in RPM. This value sets up a range for appropriate data. The value should be entered as a whole integer; for example, 70 represents 70%. Required if RPM is used. Default value is 1. |
AVG_TOLERANCE_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
VAT_IN_RETAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether retail is held with or without VAT. If VAT is not turned on in RMS, then this value should be N. If no value is specified in the flat file, the default
value is taken from the MERCH_ |
DEPT_VAT_INCL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
LOWEST_STRATEGY_LEVEL |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Lowest level at which a strategy can be defined. Valid values are: 0 - Merchandise hierarchy 4 1 - Merchandise hierarchy 5 2 - Merchandise hierarchy 6 If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
LOWEST_STRATEGY_LEVEL |
NUMBER(6) |
WORKSHEET_LEVEL |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicates the merchandise hierarchy level used to build
worksheets for pricing strategies in RPM. This value should be at or above
the value in the LOWEST_STRATEGY_ 0 - Merchandise hierarchy 4 1 - Merchandise hierarchy 5 2 - Merchandise hierarchy 6 If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
WORKSHEET_LEVEL |
NUMBER(6) |
HISTORICAL_SALES_PERIOD |
Integer |
6 |
|
Indicates the period used by the merchandise extract to RPM when extracting historical sales.Valid values are: 0 – Week 1 – Month 2 - Half year 3 – Year If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
HISTORICAL_SALES_LEVEL |
NUMBER(6) |
REGULAR_SALES_IND |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicates whether regular price sales are included as part of the historical sales extracted by the merchandise extract to RPM. Valid values are: 0 - Do not include 1 – Include If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
REGULAR_SALES_IND |
NUMBER(6) |
CLEARANCE_SALES_IND |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicates whether clearance price sales are included as part of the historical sales extracted by the merchandise extract to RPM. Valid values are: 0 - Do not include 1 – Include If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
CLEARANCE_SALES_IND |
NUMBER(6) |
PROMOTIONAL_SALES_IND |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicates whether promotional price sales are included as part of the historical sales extracted by the merchandise extract to RPM. Valid values are: 0 - Do not include 1 – Include If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
PROMOTIONAL_SALES_IND |
NUMBER(6) |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_HAND |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicator used by the merchandise extract to RPM to determine whether to include the warehouse on hand quantity when calculating sell thru and price change impact. If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_HAND |
NUMBER(6) |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_ORDER |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Indicator used by the merchandise extract to RPM to determine whether to include the warehouse on order quantity when calculating the total on order quantity. If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_ORDER |
NUMBER(6) |
PRICE_CHANGE_AMOUNT_CALC_TYPE |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Calculation method for the price change amount column on the Worksheet and Worksheet status screens. Valid values are: 0 - Current-New 1 - New-Current If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is 0. |
PRICE_CHANGE_AMOUNT_CALC_TYPE |
NUMBER(6) |
RETAIL_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Defines a window of recent price changes. The worksheet will highlight past price changes that fall within this window of time. |
RETAIL_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
NUMBER(4) |
COST_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Defines a window of recent cost changes. The worksheet highlights past cost changes that fall within this window of time. |
COST_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
NUMBER(4) |
PEND_COST_CHG_WINDOW_DAYS |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Indicates how many days forward the worksheet looks to find upcoming cost changes. |
PEND_COST_CHG_WINDOW_DAYS |
NUMBER(4) |
PEND_COST_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Defines a window of upcoming cost changes. The worksheet highlights upcoming cost changes that fall within this window of time. |
PEND_COST_CHG_HIGHLIGHT_DAYS |
NUMBER(4) |
File name: DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_MERCH_DEFAULTS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS
The purpose of this table is a place to indicate more system-wide defaults.
Default_all_merch_hier_5 and 6 are used to default class or subclass values (create only one class or subclass per department or class). If default_class is Y, only one class and subclass is inserted per department. If default_subclass is Y, one subclass is inserted for each class. If defaulting is used, the corresponding DC_SUBCLASS.DAT and DC_CLASS.DAT (if applicable) files are assumed to be empty.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. Ind |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
Default_merch_heir_5 |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether to default the merchandise hierarchy
levels 5 and 6 (RMS class and subclass) records based on each merchandise
hierarchy level 4 (RMS department). |
DEFAULT_CLASS |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Default_ merch_heir_6 |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether to default the merchandise hierarchy
level 6 (RMS subclass) records. If DEFAULT_MERCH_HIER_5 (RMS class) is Yes,
then it is assumed that MERCH_HIER_6 values are defaulted as well. |
DEFAULT_SUBCLASS |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Merch_heir_4_profit_calc_type |
Integer |
1 |
Y |
Default value to be used for all MERCH_HIER_4 records that do not have a profit calc type value specified. Valid values are: 1 - Direct cost 2 - Retail inventory |
DEPT_PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
NUMBER |
Merch_heir_4_purchase_type |
Integer |
1 |
N |
Purchase type default value for MERCH_HIER_4 records that do not have a merchandise type value specified. Valid values are: 0 - Normal merchandise 1 - Consignment stock 2 - Concession items |
DEPT_PURCHASE_TYPE |
NUMBER |
Merch_heir_4_MRKUP_PCT |
Integer |
12,4 |
Y |
Indicates whether the field specifies the intake or markup
is determined by the value of the DC_DEPS. A value of R indicates that this field specifies the budgeted intake, which is synonymous with markup percent of retail. A value of C indicates that this field specifies the budgeted markup, which is synonymous with markup percent of cost. If no value is specified in the flat file, the default value is taken from the MARKUP_PCT field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
DEPT_MRKUP_PCT |
NUMBER |
Merch_heir_4_markup_calc_type |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Indicates whether the markup calculation type should be Cost or Retail for MERCH_HIER_4 records. Valid values are: C – Cost R – Retail |
DEPT_MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2 |
Merch_heir_4_otb_calc_type |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the open to buy (OTB) calculation type should be Cost or Retail for MERCH_HIER_4 records. Valid values are: C – Cost R – Retail |
DEPT_OTB_CALC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2 |
Merch_hier_4_VAT_IN_RETAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether retail is held with VAT in the MERCH_HIER_4 level. If VAT is not turned on in RMS, this value should be N. |
DEPT_VAT_INCL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Merch_hier_5_VAT_IN_RETAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether retail is held with VAT in the MERCH_HIER_5 level. If VAT is not turned on in RMS, this value should be N. |
CLASS_VAT_INCL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_CLASS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_CLASS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§ Ensure that the CLASS.DEPT/CLASS.CLASS combination is unique.
§ Ensure that CLASS.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Capture the count from CLASS and compare to flat file DC_CLASS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 of which merchandise hierarchy level 5 is a member. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS table. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 5. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the merchandise hierarchy level 5. |
CLASS_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
VAT_IN_RETAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether retail is held with VAT. If VAT is not turned on in RMS, this value should be N. If no value is specified in the flat file, the value is defaulted from the MERCH_HIER_5_VAT_IN_RETAIL field in the DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS file. |
CLASS_VAT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_SUBCLASS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_SUBCLASS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§ Ensure that the SUBCLASS.DEPT/SUBCLASS.CLASS/SUBCLASS.SUBCLASS combination is unique.
§ Ensure that the SUBCLASS..DEPT/SUBCLASS.CLASS combination exists in CLASS.
§ Capture the count from SUBCLASS and compare to flat file DC_SUBCLASS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 of which merchandise hierarchy level 6 is a member. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS table. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 5 of which merchandise hierarchy level 6 is a member. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the CLASS table. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 6. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the merchandise hierarchy level 6. |
SUBCLASS_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
File name: DC_VAT_DEPS.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VAT_DEPS.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_VAT_DEPS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§ Ensure that every
VAT_DEPS.VAT_REGION/VAT_DEPS.DEPT/
VAT_DEPS.VAT_TYPE combination is unique.
§ Ensure that VAT_DEPS.VAT_REGION is a valid VAT_REGION.VAT_REGION.
§ Ensure VAT_DEPS.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Ensure VAT_DEPS.VAT_CODE is a valid VAT_CODES.VAT_CODE.
§ Capture the count from VAT.DEPS and compare to flat file DC_VAT_DEPS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ The SQL script is called by the dc_load_merch.ksh and will create the DC_VAT_DEPS oracle external table if default_tax_type is not GTAX (SVAT is used).
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
Merch_heir_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the merch hierarchy level 4. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
Y* |
Unique identifier of VAT region. VAT region is determined by the VAT authority. This value should to a value in the DC_VAT_REGION.DAT file. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y* |
Indicates whether the VAT rate is used for purchasing (Cost), selling (Retail), or both. Valid values are from the VTTP code type: C, R, or B. |
VAT_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VAT_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y* |
Unique identifier of VAT code. Valid values include: S= - StandardZ= - Zero. This value should correspond to a
value from the DC_VAT_CODES |
VAT_CODE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
REVERSE_VAT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the department is subjected to reverse charge VAT. Valid values are ‘Y’ or ‘N’. |
REVERSE_VAT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Note: The asterisk in the table above indicates that the field is required when VAT is turned on in RMS and default_tax_type is not GTAX.
File name: DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_UDA_ITEM_DEF.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_merch.ksh):
§ Ensure that the UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_ID/UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.SEQ_NO combination is unique.
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_ID is a valid UDA.UDA_ID.
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DEPT/UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.CLASS combination exists on CLASS (if UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.CLASS is not NULL).
§
Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DEPT/UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.CLASS/
UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.SUBCLASS combination exists on SUBCLASS (if
UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.SUBCLASS is not NULL).
§
Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_ID/
UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_VALUE combination exists in UDA_VALUES (if
UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.UDA_VALUE is not NULL).
§ Capture the count from UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS and compare to flat file DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
UDA_ID |
Integer |
5 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the user -defined attributes (UDA) to be defaulted. Valid values are in the UDA_ID field in the UDA table. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Merchandise hierarchy level 4 associated with the defaulted UDA. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Merchandise hierarchy level 5 associated with the defaulted UDA. Optional, but required if the MERCH_HIER_6 field is populated. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Merchandise hierarchy level 6 associated to the defaulted UDA. Optional. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
UDA_VALUE |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
Only the UDA_ID display_type of LV is defaulted to the hierarchy specified; therefore, uda_value is required. Valid values are in the UDA_VALUE field in the UDA_VALUES table for the UDA_ID specified. |
UDA_VALUE |
NUMBER(3) |
Note: If any records are in the BAD or DISCARD file, the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun. No new records within a sequence group can be added to the RMS table through the scripts.
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create the external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from the external Oracle tables to the RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_merch.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_DEPS external table and inserts the data to the RMS DEPS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
If the dc_merch_defaults.default_class_ind is Y, only one class and subclass are inserted for each department. The DC_DEPS and DC_MERCH_DEFAULT tables are used to insert into the RMS CLASS and SUBCLASS tables. The ID and name fields are the same as department for all classes and subclasses.
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_DEPS to DEPS Column Defaults
Field Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_PROFIT_CALC_TYPE |
If dc_deps.profit_calc_type is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults table. |
PURCHASE_TYPE |
NVL(SYSTEM.DEFAULTS DEPT_PURCHASE_TYPE, 0) |
If dc_deps.purchase_type is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults table. If that is NULL, then default to 0. |
BUD_INT |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_BUD_INT |
If DC_DEPS.MARKUP_CALC_TYPE is R, use DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT to populate the DEPS.BUD_INT RMS field. If DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT is NULL, use MERCH_DEFAULTS. DEPT_MRKUP_PCT to populate DEPS.BUD_INT. If DC_DEPS.MARKUP_CALC_TYPE is C, populate the DEPS.BUD_INT RMS field using the following equation: BUD_INT = |
BUD_MKUP |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_BUD_MKUP |
If DC_DEPS.MARKUP_CALC_TYPE is C, use DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT to populate the DEPS.BUD_MKUP RMS field. If DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT is NULL, use MERCH_DEFAULTS. If DC_DEPS.MARKUP_CALC_TYPE is R, populate the DEPS.BUD_MKUP RMS field using the following equation: BUD_MKUP = round(DC_DEPS.MRKUP_PCT * |
MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_MARKUP_CALC_TYPE |
If dc_deps.markup_calc_type is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults table. |
OTB_CALC_TYPE |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_OTB_CALC_TYPE |
If dc_deps.otb_calc_type is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults table. |
DEPT_VAT_INCL_IND |
DC_MERCH_DEFAULTS DEPT_VAT_INCL_IND |
If dc_deps.dept_vat_incl_ind is NULL, use the value from the merch_defaults table. |
Required files to load: dc_merch_defaults.dat, dc_deps.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_CLASS external table and inserts the data to the RMS CLASS and possibly SUBCLASS tables.
Note:
This load will not run if the subclasses are defaulted in the LOAD_DEPS table
(that is, no dc_class.dat file exists). The dc_load_merch.ksh script determines
whether to run this function when the dc_class.dat file does not exist. The
script first gets the indicators from the DC_MERCH_
DEFAULTS table. If the default_class
indicator is not set to Y, the records from DC_CLASS are loaded into the RMS
CLASS table. If the default_subclass
indicator is set to Y, only one subclass is inserted for each class. The
subclass ID defaults to the class ID value.
The following table defines the default value in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_CLASS to CLASS Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
CLASS_VAT_INCL_IND |
SYSTEM_DEFAULTS.CLASS_VAT_INCL_IND |
If dc_class. class_vat_incl_ind is NULL, use the value from merch_defaults. |
Required files to load: dc_merch_defaults.dat, dc_class.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_SUBCLASS external table and inserts the data to the RMS SUBCLASS.
Note: This load will not be run if the subclasses are
defaulted in the load_deps or load_classes functions (that is, no
dc_subclass.dat file). The dc_load_merch.ksh script will determine whether to
run/not run this function. The script first gets the indicators from the dc_merch_
defaults table. If the default_subclass
indicator is not set to Y, the function selects from DC_SUBCLASS and inserts
into the RMS SUBCLASS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required files to load: dc_merch_defaults.dat, dc_subclass.dat
This function creates records in the RMS STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS table for every new department and subclass loaded. The function performs an insert/select from the DC_DEPS and DC_SUBCLASS tables to insert the appropriate information (with type_code D or B, respectively) into the STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required files to load: dc_deps.dat, dc_subclass.dat
This function selects data from the DC_VAT_DEPS table and inserts the records into RMS VAT_DEPS table, if the default tax type is not GTAX (SVAT is used). All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will map directly to the RMS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_vat_deps.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the
DC_UDA_ITEM_
DEFAULTS external table and inserts the data to the RMS uda_item_defaults table. All the columns from the external
Oracle table defined above map directly to the RMS table. The following table
defines the default value in the RMS table if no information is provided in the
data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS to UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
SEQ_NO |
Seq_no + 1 |
Based on dept(class(subclass)). Use analytic function. |
HIERARCHY_VALUE |
1,2 or 3 |
If subclass is not NULL then 3; if class is not NULL then 2; if dept is not NULL then 1. |
REQUIRED_IND |
N |
Value defaults to N if the file value is empty. |
Required file to load: dc_uda_item_defaults.dat
This function selects data from the DC_DEPS table and inserts the records into the RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_DEPS to RPM_DEPT_AGGREGATION Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
DEPT_AGGREGATION_ID |
Generated Seq_no |
|
LOWEST_STRATEGY_LEVEL |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value is empty. |
WORKSHEET_LEVEL |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value is empty. |
HISTORICAL_SALES_LEVEL |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value is empty. |
REGULAR_SALES_IND |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value is empty. |
CLEARANCE_SALES_IND |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value is empty. |
PROMOTIONAL_SALES_IND |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value is empty. |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_HAND |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value is empty. |
INCLUDE_WH_ON_ORDER |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value is empty. |
PRICE_CHANGE_AMOUNT_ |
0 |
Value defaults to 0 if the file value is empty. |
Required file to load: dc_deps.dat
After using the data conversion toolset for this functional area, there are additional tables that must be loaded manually before you proceed with data conversion for subsequent functional areas, because of data dependencies.
Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
The following are required tables that require manual data loading:
§ RPM_MERCH_RETAIL_DEF
§ HIERARCHY_PERMISSION (Retail Security Manager [RSM] table)
Additionally, all department UDA defaults must be set up manually where UDA_ITEM_DEFAULTS.REQUIRED_IND = Y.
This chapter describes the organization hierarchy data conversion. Data must be loaded in the following order:
§ Warehouse
§ Store
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Organizational Hierarchy, you must complete data conversion for the following functional areas:
§ Core
§ Merchandise Hierarchy
There are tables that must be loaded manually, because of data dependencies for auto-loading within this functional area. Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
The following required tables must be loaded manually:
§ CHAIN
§ AREA
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ADDR
§ WH
§ WH_ADD
§ STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS
§ TRANSIT_TIMES (applicable to both store and warehouses)
§ COST_ZONE
§ COST_ZONE_GROUP_LOC
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_wh_org.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
– dbc_create_wh_addr_tab.sql
– dbc_create_vwh_tab.sql
– dbc_create_pwh_tab.sql
– dbc_create_transit_times_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Organizational Hierarchy Warehouse functional area:
Data Flow for the Organizational Hierarchy Warehouse Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must create in the order listed.
The dc_wh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_WH_ADDR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_WH_ADDR_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_wh_addr
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_wh_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that ADDR.STATE is a valid STATE.STATE.
§ Ensure that ADDR.COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
§ Capture counts from ADDR where ADDR.MODULE = WH and compare to flat file DC_WH_ADDR.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
WAREHOUSE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Primary identifier for the warehouse for which the address record applies. In a multi-channel environment, only the physical warehouse should contain address records, so this field will contain physical warehouse IDs. |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Type of address for this warehouse. Valid values are: 01 – Business 02 – Postal 03 – Returns 04 – Order 05 – Invoice 06 – Remittance Additional address types can be defined in the RMS ADD_TYPE table. The required address types for a warehouse are definable in the RMS add_type_module table, where MODULE=WH. |
ADDR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this address is the primary for the warehouse and address type. Valid values are Y (primary) and N (non-primary). |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the primary contact person at this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Phone number of the contact person at this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
E-mail address of the contact person at this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Telex number of the contact person at this warehouse address. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_LINE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
First line of the address of this warehouse and address type. |
ADD_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Second line of the address of this warehouse and address type. |
ADD_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Third line of the address of this warehouse and address type. |
ADD_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CITY |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
City of this address of the warehouse and address type. |
CITY |
VARCHAR2(120) |
COUNTY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
County of the address of this warehouse and address type. |
COUNTY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STATE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
State of the address of this warehouse and address type. Values in this column must exist in the RMS STATE table. |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
Postal code (for example, ZIP code) of the address for this warehouse and address type. |
POST |
VARCHAR2(30) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country code of the address of this warehouse and address type. Values in this column must exist in the RMS COUNTRIES table. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Jurisdiction code for the address |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
File name: DC_PWH.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PWH_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_pwh
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_wh_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that WH.WH is unique.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 1, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid COMPHEAD.COMPANY.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 10, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid CHAIN.CHAIN.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 20, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid AREA.AREA.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 30, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid REGION.REGION.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 40, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid DISTRICT.DISTRICT.
§ If WH.ORG_HIER_TYPE has a value of 50, ensure that WH.ORG_HIER_VALUE is a valid STORE.STORE.
§ Ensure that WH.VAT_REGION is a valid VAT_REGION.VAT_REGION, if WH.STOCKHOLIDNG_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that WH.CURRENCY_CODE is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Ensure that WH.ORG_UNIT_ID (if not NULL) is a valid ORG_UNIT.ORG_UNIT_ID.
§ Ensure that WH.TSF_ENTITY_ID is a valid TSF_ENTITYT.TSF_ENTITY_ID if WH.STOCKHOLIDNG_IND = Y.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
WAREHOUSE_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the warehouse being defined. In a multi-channel environment, this contains the physical warehouse ID. In a single-channel environment, there is no distinction between physical and virtual warehouses. This value must be unique across all warehouses (physical and virtual) and stores. |
WH |
NUMBER(10) |
WAREHOUSE_ |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
Y |
Name of the warehouse being defined. |
WH_NAME |
VARCHAR2(150) |
PRIMARY_ |
Integer |
10 |
N |
(Applicable only in a multi-channel environment. Required in a multi-channel environment). Identifier of the primary virtual warehouse within this physical warehouse. The value must be a valid virtual warehouse loaded in the VWH file that exists within this physical warehouse. The primary VWH is used throughout RMS in various transactions for which only a physical warehouse has been specified. |
PRIMARY_ |
NUMBER(10) |
CURRENCY_ |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency in which all cost and retail values for this warehouse are represented. Valid values must exist in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
BREAK_PACK_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this warehouse is capable of distributing less than the supplier case quantity (supplier pack size). Valid values are Y and N. |
BREAK_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REDIST_WH_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this warehouse is considered a redistribution warehouse, which is a dummy warehouse usable for creating purchase orders in advance of knowing the final order to locations. This flag is only used by the RMS Order Redistribution report, as a query criterion for displaying POs that require redistribution to the final locations. Valid values are Y and N. |
REDIST_WH_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
DELIVERY_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Warehouse delivery policy for shipments from the warehouse. Valid values are: NEXT - Next day NDD - Next delivery day NEXT indicates that deliveries are made on the next warehouse open day. NDD indicates that deliveries are made only on scheduled days. |
DELIVERY_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
FORECAST_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the warehouse can be forecasted. Value are Y and N. Only warehouses with a value of Y are visible to the forecasting tool (RDF). In a multi-channel environment, this parameter only needs to be defined for virtual warehouses, so that it can be passed as NULL for the physical warehouse. |
FORECAST_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REPL_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this warehouse can be used to replenish other locations. Valid values are Y and N. Y indicates that inventory from this warehouse can be used to replenish other locations. In a multi-channel environment, this parameter only needs to be defined for virtual warehouses, so that it can be passed as NULL for the physical warehouse. |
REPL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REPL_WH_ |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Replenishable warehouse that is linked to this virtual warehouse. This link implies that the virtual warehouse is included in the net inventory calculations for the replenishable warehouse. This field is should only be definable in a single-channel environment and where the value in the repl_ind field is N. |
REPL_WH_ |
NUMBER(10) |
IB_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the warehouse is an investment buy warehouse. |
IB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IB_WH_LINK |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Investment buy warehouse that is linked to the virtual warehouse. This link implies that the virtual warehouse is included in the net inventory calculations for the investment buy warehouse. This field should only contain a value when the IB_IND is N. |
IB_WH_ |
NUMBER(10) |
AUTO_IB_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the investment buy inventory should be automatically transferred to the turn (replenishable) warehouse when an order is received by the turn warehouse. Valid values are Y and N. |
AUTO_IB_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
INBOUND_ |
Integer |
2 |
Y |
Number of days that the warehouse requires to receive any item and get it to the shelf so that it is ready to pick. Valid value is a number from 0 to 99. |
INBOUND_ |
NUMBER(2) |
WH_NAME_ |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
N |
Secondary description of the warehouse. This value is used to support multi-language, where the primary description may contain characters not easily sortable. |
WH_NAME_SECON |
VARCHAR2(150) |
|
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
Primary e-mail for the warehouse. |
|
VARCHAR2(100) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Required when VAT_IND in SYSTEM_OPTIONS is Y. Contains the warehouse VAT region, used by RMS to determine the VAT rates applicable at this location. |
VAT_ |
NUMBER(4) |
ORG_HIER_ |
Integer |
4 |
N |
For reporting purposes, this field, along with the ORG_HIER_VALUE field, can be used to define a level and value of the organizational hierarchy with which this warehouse is associated. This field defines the level of the organizational hierarchy defined in the ORG_HIER_VALUE field. Valid values are: 1 – Company 10 – Chain 20 – Area 30 – Region 40 – District 50 – Store |
ORG_HIER_ |
NUMBER(4) |
ORG_HIER_ |
Integer |
10 |
N |
(See ORG_HIER_TYPE description). ID of the organizational hierarchy value as defined by the ORG_HIER_TYPE. For example, if the ORG_HIER_TYPE is 20 (area), this field should contain a valid area ID. |
ORG_HIER_ |
NUMBER(10) |
DUNS_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Dun and Bradstreet number used to identify the warehouse location. This is reference-only data. |
DUNS_LOC |
VARCHAR2(4) |
DUNS_ |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Dun and Bradstreet number used to identify the warehouse. This is reference-only data. |
DUNS_ |
VARCHAR2(9) |
Numeric |
15 |
N |
Unique identifier for the Oracle Organizational ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ |
NUMBER(15) |
File name: DC_VWH.DAT
This VWH.DAT file contains the virtual warehouse locations details for each physical warehouse. This file is to be created and loaded into RMS only when multi-channel functionality is enabled (SYSTEM_OPTIONS. MULTICHANNEL_IND = Y). Otherwise, this file is not necessary, and only the DC_PWH.DAT file is required.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_VWH_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_vwh
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
VIRTUAL_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifier for the virtual warehouse. This value must be unique across all warehouses (physical and virtual) and stores. |
WH |
NUMBER(10) |
VIRTUAL_WH_ |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
Y |
Name for the virtual warehouse being defined. |
WH_NAME |
VARCHAR2 |
PHYSICAL_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the physical warehouse in which this virtual warehouse resides. To be valid, the physical warehouse must already exist in RMS and be loaded separately from the physical warehouse file. |
PHYSICAL_WH |
NUMBER(10) |
RESTRICTED_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicator used to restrict virtual warehouses from receiving stock during an inbound type transaction (such as positive SOH inventory adjustment, PO over-receipt), when stock needs to be prorated across virtual warehouses within a physical warehouse, because a virtual warehouse in the physical warehouse has not been identified for the transaction. The indicator restricts the virtual warehouse from receiving stock unless all valid virtual warehouses determined by the system are restricted; then the stocks are distributed across those restricted virtual warehouses. This indicator is used only in a multi-channel environment. It is always set to ‘N’ in a single-channel environment. |
RESTRICTED_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PROTECTED_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the virtual warehouse is affected last in transactions where inventory is removed, or affected first in short-shipment type transactions where inventory is being added. The indicator is used in any outbound or inventory removal type transactions (such as returns to vendor [RTV], negative stock on hand [SOH] inventory adjustments), when the system has to distribute the transaction quantity across virtual warehouses within a physical warehouse for one of these reasons: § A virtual warehouse has not been specified or could not be derived. § A virtual warehouse does not have enough stock to cover the transaction quantity, and stock needs to be pulled from other virtual warehouses within the physical warehouse. The indicator is also used for inbound type transactions where there is some sort of short-shipment (for example, a short-shipment for a PO). The indicator determines which virtual warehouses have their order quantity fulfilled first with the receipt quantity. Note that this indicator does not guarantee that stock will not be pulled from the virtual warehouse; it is only used to ensure that the virtual warehouse is affected last. |
PROTECTED_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FORECAST_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this warehouse is forecastable. Value values are Y and N. Only warehouses with a value of Y will be visible to the forecasting tool (RDF). |
FORECAST_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REPL_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this warehouse can be used to replenish other locations. Valid values are Y and N. Y indicates that inventory from this warehouse can be used to replenish other locations. |
REPL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REPL_WH_ |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Replenishable warehouse that is linked to this virtual warehouse. This link implies that the virtual warehouse is included in the net inventory calculations for the replenishable warehouse. |
REPL_WH_ |
NUMBER(10) |
IB_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the warehouse is an investment buy warehouse. |
IB_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
IB_WH_LINK |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Investment buy warehouse that is linked to the virtual warehouse. This link implies that the virtual warehouse is included in the net inventory calculations for the investment buy warehouse. This field should only contain a value when the IB_IND is equal to N. |
IB_WH_LINK |
NUMBER(10) |
AUTO_IB_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the investment buy inventory should be automatically transferred to the turn (replenishable) warehouse when an order is received by the turn warehouse. Valid values are Y and N. |
AUTO_IB_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FINISHER_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the virtual warehouse performs finishing. Valid values are Y and N. Each channel must have at least one virtual warehouse that is not a finisher location (FINISHER_IND=N). |
FINISHER_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
WH_NAME_ |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
N |
Secondary description of the warehouse. This value is used to support multi-language, where the primary description may contain characters not easily sortable. |
WH_NAME_ |
VARCHAR2(150) |
CHANNEL_ID |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Channel to which this virtual warehouse is assigned. Within a given physical warehouse, each virtual warehouse must belong to a different channel. Valid channel IDs must exist in RMS and should be defined before warehouses are created. |
CHANNEL_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Legal entity to which this virtual warehouse belongs. This field is only required when the system is operating with multiple legal entities. Valid values must exist in the RMS tsf_entity table prior to loading warehouses. |
TSF_ENTITY_ |
NUMBER(10) |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
N |
Unique identifer for the Oracle Organizational ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Defines whether the virtual warehouse is customer orderable or not. Valid values:Y, N If not specified, it is defaulted to N. |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_TRANSIT_TIMES.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TRANSIT_TIMES_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_transit_times
Note: Although the RMS transit_times table is loaded as part of warehouse functionality, the origin field may contain Store or Warehouse. Similarly, the destination field may contain Store or Warehouse.
Suggested post-load validation (sequence after dc_load_wh_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that TRANSIT_TIMES.TRANSIT_TIMES_ID is unique.
§ Ensure that TRANSIT_TIMES.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Ensure that TRANSIT_TIMES.DEPT/TRANSIT_TIMES.CLASS combination exists on CLASS (if TRANSIT_TIMES.CLASS is not NULL).
§
Ensure that TRANSIT_TIMES.DEPT/TRANSIT_TIMES.CLASS/
TRANSIT_TIMES.SUBCLASS combination exists on SUBCLASS (if
TRANSIT_TIMES.SUBCLASS is not NULL).
§ Capture the count from TRANSIT_TIMES and compare to flat file DC_TRANSIT_TIMES.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TRANSIT_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the record. This value can be sequence generated but must be unique per record loaded. |
TRANSIT_ |
NUMBER(10) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the fourth level (from the top down) of the merchandise hierarchy (department in the base configuration) to which the transit time record applies. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
ORIGIN |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Identifier of the supplier or location from which a shipment would originate. The identifier is a supplier ID, or a location ID with location ID type, depending on the value specified in the origin_type field. |
ORIGIN |
NUMBER(10) |
DESTINATION |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Identifier of the location from which a shipment would be destined. The identifier is a store ID or a warehouse ID, depending on the value specified in the destination_ type field. |
DESTINATION |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_ |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Identifier of the type of value specified in the origin field. Valid values are: ST - Stores WH - Warehouses SU - Suppliers |
ORIGIN_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
DESTINATION_ |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Identifier of the type of value specified in the DESTINATION field. Valid values are: ST - Stores WH - Warehouses |
DESTINATION_ |
VARCHAR2(2) |
TRANSIT_TIME |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Number of days it takes for a shipment from the origin location or supplier to arrive at the destination location. This value must be expressed in terms of a whole number of days. |
TRANSIT_TIME |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Identifier of the fifth level (from the top down) of the merchandise hierarchy (class in the base configuration) to which the transit time record applies. Specifying a value in this field is optional, except when a value is provided in the MERCH_HIER_6 field. If a value is not specified in this field, the records are applicable to all items that fall under the 4th level of the merchandise hierarchy. A value should be specified in this field when the transit days vary across items under the fifth level of the merchandise hierarchy. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Identifier of the sixth level (from the top down) of the merchandise hierarchy (subclass in the base configuration) to which the transit time record applies. Specifying a value in this field is optional. If a value is not specified in this field, the records are applicable to all items that fall under the 4th (or 5th when populated) level of the merchandise hierarchy. A value should be specified in this field when the transit days vary across items under the sixth level of the merchandise hierarchy. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_WH_ADDR external table and inserts the data to the RMS ADDR table.
The table below defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_wh_ADDr to addr Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ADDR_KEY |
System-generated |
Use addr sequence. |
MODULE |
WH |
N/A |
SEQ_NO |
1 |
|
PUBLISH_IND |
N |
N/A |
Required file to load: dc_wh_addr.dat
This function serves several purposes:
§ It inserts data into the WH table by selecting all columns from the DC_VWH and DC_PWH external tables, or both, and uses the defaults specified below for the columns that are not in the DC_PWH or DC_VWH tables, or that are NULL in the external tables.
Both DC_VWH and DC_PWH tables are considered for loading data. Otherwise, only data from the DC_PWH table is loaded.
§ It inserts data into the WH_ADD table. There are four total columns to be populated. It populates the WH_ADD pricing location with the warehouse ID (virtual warehouse ID when multi-channel is on) and the PRICING_LOC_CURR with the warehouse CURRENCY_CODE.
§ It inserts data into the stock_ledger_inserts table. Otherwise, it inserts the physical warehouse number.
Note: When multi-channel is not enabled, there is only one . file for DC_PWH data (DC_PWH.DAT). This function populates the WH, Wh_ADD, and STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS tables accordingly.
Note: When multi-channel is enabled, there are two files for DC_PWH and DC_VWH data (DC_PWH.DAT and DC_VWH.DAT). Each physical warehouse (PWH) may have one or more virtual warehouses (VWH), so there can be one-to-many mappings between DC_PWH and DC_VWH tables. Data from both the DC_PWH and DC_VWH tables is used to insert physical warehouse records into the WH table first; then all related virtual warehouse records are inserted into the WH table. For inserts into the WH_ADD and STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS tables, only virtual warehouse data is used.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_PWH to WH, WH_ADD, STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
RESTRICTED_IND |
N |
N/A |
PROTECTED_IND |
N |
N/A |
BREAK_PACK_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
REDIST_WH_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
FORECAST_WH_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
REPL_IND |
NA |
If multichannel = Y, then override file value with N; otherwise, default to Y. |
IB_IND |
N |
N/A |
STOCKHOLDING_IND |
|
N if multi-channel, Y if not multi-channel |
AUTO_IB_CLEAR |
N |
N/A |
FINISHER_IND |
N |
This can only be Yes for virtual warehouses in a multi-channel environment, so always set it to N. |
PHYSICAL_WH |
NA |
WAREHOUSE_ID |
ORG_ENTITY_TYPE |
R |
If multichannel = Y, then override file value with N; otherwise, default to Y. |
DC_VWH to WH, WH_ADD, STOCK_LEDGER_INSERTS Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
STOCKHOLDING_IND |
Y |
N/A |
REDIST_WH_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PROTECTED_IND |
N |
If NULL |
FORECAST_WH_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
REPL_IND |
N |
If NULL |
IB_IND |
N |
If NULL |
AUTO_IB_CLEAR |
N |
If NULL |
FINISHER_IND |
N |
WAREHOUSE_ID |
VAT_REGION |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
CURRENCY_CODE |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
ORG_HIER_TYPE |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
ORG_HIER_VALUE |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
DELIVERY_POLICY |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
|
NA |
From physical warehouse |
DUNS_NUMBER |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
DUNS_LOC |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
INBOUND_HANDLING_DAYS |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
BREAK_PACK_IND |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
REDIST_WH_IND |
NA |
From physical warehouse |
ORG_ENTITY_TYPE |
R |
Values: R for regular warehouse, M for importer location and X for exporter location. Default value (if NULL in External Table) is R. |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
N |
If NULL |
Required files to load: dc_pwh.dat, dc_vwh.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_transit_times external table and inserts the data to the RMS transit_times table.
Required file to load: dc_transit_times.dat
This function inserts data into the COST_ZONE and COST_ZONE_GROUP_LOC tables for the L cost level ZONE_GROUP_ID, by selecting all columns from the DC_PWH external table. First it retrieves the zone_group_id for the L cost_level from the cost_zone_group table; then it uses this zone_group_id to insert records for all the physical warehouses in the DC_PWH external table into the cost_zone and cost_zone_group_loc tables.
The columns in these tables map to the DC._PWH table as follows:
§ zone_ID = wh
§ location = wh
§ description = wh_name
§ loc_type = W
§ base_cost_ind = N
The same insert is performed in the COST_ZONE_GROUP_LOC table for virtual warehouses. In this insert, the values are retrieved from the DC_VWH table, and the zone_id is set to the physical_wh column value.
Required file to load: dc_pwh.dat, dc_vwh.dat (if multi-channel is active)
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ REGION
§ DISTRICT
§ STORE_ADD
§ STORE_DEPT_AREA
§ ADDR
§ WF_CUSTOMER
§ WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_store_org.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
– dbc_create_region_tab.sql
– dbc_create_district_tab.sql
– dbc_create_store_add_tab.sql
– dbc_create_store_addr_tab.sql
– dbc_create_store_dept_area.sql
– dbc_create_wf_customer_tab.sql
– dbc_create_wf_customer_group_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Organizational Hierarchy Store functional area:
Data Flow for the Organizational Hierarchy Store Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_store_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_REGION.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_REGION_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_REGION
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that REGION.REGION is unique.
§ Ensure that REGION.AREA is a valid AREA.AREA.
§ Ensure that REGION.CURRENCY_CODE (if not NULL) is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Capture the count from REGION and compare to flat file DC_REGION.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
REGION |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID for the region. |
REGION |
NUMBER(10) |
REGION_ |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the region. |
REGION_ |
VARCHAR2(120) |
AREA |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the area in which the region falls. |
AREA |
NUMBER(10) |
MGR_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the region manager. |
MGR_ |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CURRENCY_ |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Currency under which the region operates. Valid values are in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
File name: DC_DISTRICT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_DISTRICT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_DISTRICT
Suggested post-load validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that DISTRICT.DISTRICT is unique.
§ Ensure that DISTRICT.REGION is a valid REGION.REGION.
§ Ensure that DISTRICT.CURRENCY_CODE (if not NULL) is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Capture the count from DISTRICT and compare to flat file DC_DISTRICT.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
DISTRICT |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID for the organization district. |
DISTRICT |
NUMBER(10) |
DISTRICT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the district. |
DISTRICT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
REGION |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID for the region under which the district falls. |
REGION |
NUMBER(10) |
MGR_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the district manager. |
MGR_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Currency under which the district operates. Valid values are in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
File name: DC_STORE_ADDR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_STORE_ADDR_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_STORE_ADDR
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that ADDR.KEY_VALUE_1 is a valid STORE_ADD.STORE.
§ Ensure that ADDR.STATE is a valid STATE.STATE.
§ Ensure that ADDR.COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
§ Capture the count from ADDR where ADDR.MODULE = ST and compare to flat file DC_STORE_ADDR.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
STORE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Store ID for the address. |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Type of address for this store. Valid values are: 01 - Business 02 - Postal 03 - Returns 04 - Order 05 - Invoice 06 - Remittance Additional address types can be defined in the RMS ADD_TYPE table. The required address types for a store are definable in the RMS ADD_TYPE_MODULE table, where MODULE = ST for company stores and WFST for franchise stores. |
ADDR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this is the primary address for the address type. |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Phone number of the contact at the address. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of the contact at the address. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
E-mail of the contact at the address. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Telex number of the contact at the address. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_LINE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
First line of the address. |
ADD_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Second line of the address. |
ADD_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Third line of the address. |
ADD_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CITY |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
City of the address. |
CITY |
VARCHAR2(120) |
COUNTY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
County in which the city is located. |
COUNTY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STATE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
State in which the city is located. |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
ZIP code of the address. |
POST |
VARCHAR2(30) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country ID. Valid values are in the RMS COUNTRY table. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Jurisdiction code for the address |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
File name: DC_STORE_ADD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_STORE_ADD_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_STORE_ADD
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.STORE is unique and does not exist on STORE.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.TSFZONE (if not NULL) is a valid TSFZONE.TRANSFER_ZONE.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.CURRENCY_CODE is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.LANG is a valid LANG.LANG.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.DISTRICT is a valid DISTRICT.DISTRICT.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.DEFAULT_WH (if not NULL) is a valid WH.WH, where WH.STOCKHOLDING_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.ORG_UNIT_ID (if not NULL) is a valid ORG_UNIT.ORG_UNIT_ID.
§ Ensure that STORE_ADD.STORE_FORMAT (if not NULL) is a valid STORE_FORMAT.STORE_FORMAT.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
STORE |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of the store. |
STORE |
NUMBER(10) |
STORE_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
Y |
Name of the store. |
STORE_NAME |
VARCHAR2(150) |
STORE_NAME10 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
10-character abbreviation of the store name. |
STORE_NAME10 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
STORE_NAME3 |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
3-character abbreviation of the store name. |
STORE_NAME3 |
VARCHAR2(3) |
STORE_CLASS |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Code letter indicating the class of which the store is a
member: |
STORE_CLASS |
VARCHAR2(1) |
STORE_MGR_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the store manager. |
STORE_MGR_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
STORE_OPEN_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
Y |
Date the store opened. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
STORE_OPEN_DATE |
DATE |
STOCKHOLDING_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the store can hold stock, default N. |
STOCKHOLDING_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
DISTRICT |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the district in which the store is located. Must be a valid district ID. |
DISTRICT |
NUMBER(10) |
START_ORDER_DAYS |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
Days before the store open date that the store can start accepting orders. |
START_ORDER_DAYS |
NUMBER(3) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency in which the store operates. Must be a valid currency code in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
LANG |
Integer |
6 |
Y |
Language in which the store operates. Must be a valid language code that exists in the RMS LANG table. |
LANG |
NUMBER(6) |
COPY_REPL_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the replenishment information set up for the like store will be copied (Y or N, default N). |
COPY_REPL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
TRAN_NO_GENERATED |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Indicates whether the transaction ID is unique by store or by store/register (S or R). |
TRAN_NO_GENERATED |
VARCHAR2(6) |
INTEGRATED_POS_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the POS at the store is integrated(Y or N). |
INTEGRATED_POS_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
COPY_ACTIVITY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the like store’s closing date schedule should be copied in the creation of a new store based on a like store (Y or N, default N). |
COPY_ACTIVITY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
COPY_DLVRY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the like store’s delivery schedule should be copied in the creation of a new store based on a like store (Y or N, default N). |
COPY_DLVRY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
STORE_NAME_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
150 |
N |
Secondary name of the store. This field can be populated only when system_options. secondary_desc_ind = Y. |
STORE_NAME_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(150) |
STORE_CLOSE_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Date the store closed. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
STORE_CLOSE_DATE |
DATE(7) |
ACQUIRED_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Date the store was acquired. Date format is DDMONYYYY. |
ACQUIRED_DATE |
DATE(7) |
REMODEL_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Last date the store was remodeled. Date format is DDMONYYYY. |
REMODEL_DATE |
DATE(7) |
FAX_NUMBER |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of the contact at the store. |
FAX_NUMBER |
VARCHAR2(20) |
PHONE_NUMBER |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Phone number of the store. |
PHONE_NUMBER |
VARCHAR2(20) |
|
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
E-mail of the contact at the store. |
|
VARCHAR2(100) |
TOTAL_SQUARE_FT |
Integer |
8 |
N |
Total square feet of the store. |
TOTAL_SQUARE_FT |
NUMBER(8) |
SELLING_SQUARE_FT |
Integer |
8 |
N |
Square feet dedicated to selling merchandise. |
SELLING_SQUARE_FT |
NUMBER(8) |
LINEAR_DISTANCE |
Integer |
8 |
N |
Total merchandise area of the store. |
LINEAR_DISTANCE |
NUMBER(8) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Number of the value added tax region in which this store is located. Required if vat_include_ind = N. Valid values are found in the RMS VAT_REGION table. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_INCLUDE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether value added tax is included in the retail prices for the store. Valid values are Y or N, default N. |
VAT_INCLUDE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CHANNEL_ID |
Integer |
4 |
N |
In a multi-channel environment, this contains the channel with which the store is associated. Valid values can be found in the CHANNELS table. This is required for a multi-channel environment; the value must be a valid channel ID. |
CHANNEL_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
STORE_FORMAT |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Number indicating the format of the store. Valid values are found in the store format table. |
STORE_FORMAT |
NUMBER(4) |
MALL_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Name of the mall in which the store is located. |
MALL_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
TRANSFER_ZONE |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Transfer zone in which the store is located. Valid values are located in the tsfzone table. |
TRANSFER_ZONE |
NUMBER(4) |
DEFAULT_WH |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Number of the warehouse that can be used as the default for creating cross-dock masks. This determines which stores are associated with or sourced from a warehouse. It holds only virtual warehouses in a multi-channel environment. Otherwise, this field is NULL. |
DEFAULT_WH |
NUMBER(10) |
STOP_ORDER_DAYS |
Integer |
3 |
N |
Number of days before a store closing that the store will
stop accepting orders. This column is used when the store_close_ |
STOP_ORDER_DAYS |
NUMBER(3) |
DUNS_NUMBER |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Dun and Bradstreet number to identify the store. |
DUNS_NUMBER |
VARCHAR2(9) |
DUNS_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Dun and Bradstreet number to identify the location. |
DUNS_LOC |
VARCHAR2(4) |
SISTER_STORE |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Store number used to relate the current store to the historical data of an existing store. |
SISTER_STORE |
NUMBER(10) |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Legal entity in which the store is located. This field is required in a multi-channel environment. Foreign key to the TSF_ENTITY table |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
N |
Unique identifier for the Oracle Organizational ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
STORE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Type of store. Valid values are: C – Company F - Franchise |
STORE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
WF_CUSTOMER_ID |
Integer |
10 |
N |
Unique ID of the franchise store. |
WF_CUSTOMER_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
AUTO_APPROVE_ORDERS_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether electronic orders to this store should be approved automatically if the order can be fulfilled. Valid values are Y and N. |
AUTO_APPROVE_ORDERS_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
TIMEZONE_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
64 |
Y |
Name of the Time Zone in which the store is located. |
TIMEZONE_ |
VARCHAR2(64) |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Defines whether the store is customer orderable or not. Valid values: Company Stores : Y, N Franchise Stores : Y, N |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_STORE_DEPT_AREA.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_STORE_DEPT_AREA_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_STORE_DEPT_AREA
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_store_org.ksh):
§ Ensure that STORE_DEPT_AREA.STORE is a valid STORE_ADD.STORE or a valid STORE.STORE.
§ Ensure that STORE_DEPT_AREA.DEPT is a valid DEPS.DEPT.
§ Capture the count from STORE_DEPT_AREA and compare to flat file DC_STORE_DEPT_AREA.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
STORE |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of the store. |
STORE |
NUMBER(10) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Fourth level of the merchandise hierarchy, referred to as department in the base configuration. This field must contain a valid value from the RMS DEPS table. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
EFFECTIVE_DATE |
Date |
7 |
Y |
Date on which the area is effective for the store and hierarchy. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
EFFECTIVE_DATE |
DATE(7) |
AREA |
Number |
12,4 |
Y |
Area in the store used by the hierarchy value (department). |
AREA |
NUMBER(12,4) |
File name: DC_WF_CUSTOMER.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_WF_CUSTOMER_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_WF_CUSTOMER
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
WF_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of the franchise store. |
WF_CUSTOMER_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
WF_ |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the franchise store. |
WF_CUSTOMER_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CREDIT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the franchise store has good credit standing. Valid values are Y and N. |
CREDIT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
WF_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of a customer group associated with the franchise store. |
WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
File name: DC_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
WF_ |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of the customer group. |
WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
WF_ |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the customer group. |
WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_store_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_REGION external table and inserts the data to the RMS REGION table.
Required file to load: dc_region.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_DISTRICT external table and inserts the data to the RMS DISTRICT table.
Required file to load: dc_district.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_STORE_ADDR external table and inserts the data to the RMS ADDR table.
The table below defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_STORE_ADDR to ADDR Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ADDR_KEY |
System-generated |
NA |
MODULE |
ST |
NA |
SEQ_NO |
1 |
NA |
PUBLISH_IND |
N |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_store_addr.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_STORE_ADD external table and inserts the data to the RMS STORE_ADD table.
The table below defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_STORE_ADD to STORE_ADD Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
STOCKHOLDING_IND |
Y |
Y or N |
COPY_REPL_IND |
N |
Y or N |
COPY_ACTIVITY_IND |
N |
Y or N |
COPY_DLVRY_IND |
N |
Y or N |
VAT_INCLUDE_IND |
N |
Y or N |
CUSTOMER_ORDER_LOC_IND |
N |
Defaults to N and NULL for company stores and stockholding franchise stores. |
Required file to load: dc_store_add.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from DC_STORE_DEPT_AREA external table and inserts the data to the RMS STORE_DEPT_AREA table.
Required file to load: dc_store_dept_area.dat
This function selects all columns from the DC_WF_CUSTOMER external table and inserts data into the WF_CUSTOMER table. The DC_WF_CUSTOMER external table maps exactly to the RMS WF_CUSTOMER table.
Required file to load: dc_wf_customer.dat
This function selects all columns from the DC_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP external table and inserts data into the WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP table. The DC_WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP external table maps exactly to the RMS WF_CUSTOMER_GROUP table.
Required file to load: dc_wf_customer_group.dat
After using the data conversion toolset for this functional area, there are additional tables that must be loaded manually before you proceed with data conversion for subsequent functional areas, because of data dependencies.
Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
The following are required tables that require manual data loading:
§ DEPT_CHRG_HEAD
§ DEPT_CHRG_DETAIL
§ store_hierarchy
§ COST_ZONE_GROUP (zone level pricing)
Note: Location level cost_zone_group should have been created by the seed data installation. See “Appendix: Seed Data Installation” for more information.
§ COST_ZONE
§ COST_ZONE_GROUP_LOC
§ RPM requirements:
– RPM_ZONE_GROUP_TYPE
– RPM_ZONE_GROUP
– RPM_ZONE
– RPM_ZONE_LOCATION
This chapter describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ SUPS
§ ADDR (for supplier addresses)
§ SUP_IMPORT_ATTR
§ PARTNER
The following programs are included in the Suppliers functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
§ This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_supplier.ksh
§ This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
– dbc_create_sups_tab.sql
– dbc_create_sup_addr_tab.sql
– dbc_create_sup_import_attr_tab.sql
– dbc_create_country_attrib_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Suppliers functional area:
Data Flow for the Suppliers Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Suppliers, you must complete data conversion for the following functional areas:
§ Core
§ Merchandise Hierarchy
§ Organizational Hierarchy
There are tables that must be loaded manually, because of data dependencies for auto-loading within this functional area. Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
The following required tables must be loaded manually:
§ partner (required types: AG=agents, BK=advising or issuing banks, FA=factory)
§ outloc (required types: DP=discharge ports, LP=lading ports)
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_supplier.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_SUPS_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_SUPS
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_supplier.ksh):
§ Ensure that SUPS.SUPPLIER is unique.
§ Ensure that SUPS.CURRENCY_CODE is a valid CURRENCIES.CURRENCY_CODE.
§ Ensure that SUPS.TERMS is a valid TERMS_HEAD.TERMS.
§ Ensure that SUPS.FREIGHT_TERMS is a valid FREIGHT_TERMS.FREIGHT_TERMS.
§ Ensure that SUPS.LANG (if not NULL) is a valid LANG.LANG.
§ Capture supplier number from SUPS where SUPS.BRACKET_COSTING_IND = Y to ensure that SUP_BRACKET_COST rows are added manually.
§ Capture supplier number from SUPS where SUPS.RET_ALLOW_IND = Y to ensure that row for the supplier with ADDR_TYPE = 03 exists in ADDR.
§ Capture the count from SUPS and compare to flat file DC_SUPS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique number for the supplier. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
SUP_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Name of the supplier. |
SUP_NAME |
VARCHAR2(240) |
SUP_NAME_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Secondary name of the supplier. This field can only be
populated when SYSTEM_OPTIONS. |
SUP_NAME_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of contact at the supplier. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Phone number of the contact at the supplier. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of the contact at the supplier. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_PAGER |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Pager number of the contact at the supplier. |
CONTACT_PAGER |
VARCHAR2(20) |
QC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether orders from this supplier default as requiring quality control. A value of Y means that all orders from this supplier require quality control, unless overridden by the user when the order is created. An N in this field means that quality control will not be required, unless indicated by the user during order creation. |
QC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
QC_PCT |
Float |
12,4 |
N |
Percentage of items per receipt that will be marked for quality checking. |
QC_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
QC_FREQ |
Integer |
2 |
N |
Frequency with which items per receipt will be marked for quality checking. |
QC_FREQ |
NUMBER(2) |
VC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether orders from this supplier default as requiring vendor control. A value of Y means that all orders from this supplier will require vendor control. N means that vendor control will not be required. |
VC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VC_PCT |
Float |
12,4 |
N |
Percentage of items per receipt that will be marked for vendor checking. |
VC_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
VC_FREQ |
Integer |
2 |
N |
Frequency with which items per receipt will be marked for vendor checking. |
VC_FREQ |
NUMBER(2) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency the supplier uses for business transactions. Valid values are in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
LANG |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Supplier’s preferred language. This field is provided for custom purchase orders in a specified language. Valid values are stored in the LANG table in RMS. |
LANG |
NUMBER(6) |
TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
Y |
Indicator identifying the sales terms that default when an order is created for the supplier. These terms specify when payment is due and if there are any discounts for early payment. Valid values are in the RMS TERMS_HEAD table. |
TERMS |
VARCHAR2(15) |
FREIGHT_TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
Y |
Indicator that references the freight terms that default when an order is created for the supplier. Valid values are in the RMS FREIGHT_TERMS table. |
FREIGHT_TERMS |
VARCHAR2(30) |
RET_ALLOW_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the supplier accepts returns. Valid values are Y and N. |
RET_ALLOW_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
RET_AUTH_REQ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether returns must be accompanied by an authorization number when sent back to the vendor. Valid values are Y and N. |
RET_AUTH_REQ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
RET_MIN_DOL_AMT |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Contains a value if the supplier requires a minimum dollar amount to be returned in order to accept the return. Returns of less than this amount will not be processed by the system. This field is stored in the supplier's currency. |
RET_MIN_DOL_AMT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
RET_COURIER |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Name of the courier that should be used for all returns to the supplier. |
RET_COURIER |
VARCHAR2(250) |
DEFAULT_ HANDLING_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Percentage multiplied by the total order cost to determine the handling cost for the return. |
HANDLING_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
EDI_PO_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether purchase orders will be sent to the
supplier through Electronic Data Interchange. |
EDI_PO_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_PO_CHG |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether purchase order changes will be sent to
the supplier through Electronic Data Interchange. |
EDI_PO_CHG |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_PO_CONFIRM |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this supplier will send acknowledgment
of a purchase orders sent through Electronic Data Interchange. |
EDI_PO_CONFIRM |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_ASN |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this supplier will send Advance Shipment Notifications electronically. Valid values are Y and N. |
EDI_ASN |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_SALES_RPT_FREQ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
EDI sales report frequency for this supplier. Valid values are: D - Sales and stock information will be downloaded daily. W - Sales and stock information will be downloaded weekly. |
EDI_SALES_RPT_FREQ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_SUPP_AVAILABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the supplier will send availability through EDI. |
EDI_SUPP_AVAILABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_CONTRACT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether contracts will be sent to the supplier through EDI. |
EDI_CONTRACT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
EDI_CHANNEL_ID |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Used only in a multi-channel environment. If the supplier is an EDI supplier and supports vendor-initiated ordering, this field contains the channel ID of the channel to which all inventory for these types of orders will flow. This field is used when a vendor-initiated order is created for a physical warehouse, to determine the virtual warehouse within the physical warehouse to which the inventory will flow. The virtual warehouse belonging to the indicated channel will be used. |
EDI_CHANNEL_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
REPLEN_APPROVAL_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether contract orders for the supplier should
be created in approved status. |
REPLEN_APPROVAL_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SHIP_METHOD |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Unique number for the supplier. |
SHIP_METHOD |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PAYMENT_METHOD |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Name of the supplier. |
PAYMENT_METHOD |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Secondary name of the supplier. This field can only be
populated when SYSTEM_OPTIONS. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
Name of contact at the supplier. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
SETTLEMENT_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Phone number of the contact at the supplier. |
SETTLEMENTCODE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRE_MARK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Fax number of the contact at the supplier. |
PRE_MARK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
AUTO_APPR_INVC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Pager number of the contact at the supplier. |
AUTO_APPR_INVC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FREIGHT_CHARGE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether orders from this supplier default as requiring quality control. A value of Y means that all orders from this supplier require quality control, unless overridden by the user when the order is created. An N in this field means that quality control will not be required, unless indicated by the user during order creation. |
FREIGHT_CHARGE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
BACKORDER_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Percentage of items per receipt that will be marked for quality checking. |
BACKORDER_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Frequency with which items per receipt will be marked for quality checking. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
INV_MGMT_LVL |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates whether orders from this supplier default as requiring vendor control. A value of Y means that all orders from this supplier will require vendor control. N means that vendor control will not be required. |
INV_MGMT_ LVL |
VARCHAR2(6) |
SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Percentage of items per receipt that will be marked for vendor checking. |
SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
DELIVERY_POLICY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Frequency with which items per receipt will be marked for vendor checking. |
DELIVERY_POLICY |
VARCHAR2(6) |
COMMENT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Currency the supplier uses for business transactions. Valid values are in the RMS CURRENCIES table. |
COMMENT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
DEFAULT_ITEM_LEAD_TIME |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Supplier’s preferred language. This field is provided for custom purchase orders in a specified language. Valid values are stored in the LANG table in RMS. |
DEFAULT_ITEM_LEAD_TIME |
NUMBER(4) |
DUNS_NUMBER |
Alpha-numeric |
9 |
N |
Indicator identifying the sales terms that default when an order is created for the supplier. These terms specify when payment is due and if there are any discounts for early payment. Valid values are in the RMS TERMS_HEAD table. |
DUNS_NUMBER |
VARCHAR2(9) |
DUNS_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Indicator that references the freight terms that default when an order is created for the supplier. Valid values are in the RMS FREIGHT_TERMS table. |
DUNS_LOC |
VARCHAR2(4) |
DEFAULT_ VMI_ORDER_STATUS |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates whether returns must be accompanied by an authorization number when sent back to the vendor. Valid values are Y and N. |
VMI_ORDER_STATUS |
VARCHAR2(6) |
DSD_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Contains a value if the supplier requires a minimum dollar amount to be returned in order to accept the return. Returns of less than this amount will not be processed by the system. This field is stored in the supplier's currency. |
DSD_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SUPPLIER_PARENT |
Numeric |
10 |
N |
This has a value of Supplier number for the Supplier Site. For Suppliers, this field will be NULL. |
SUPPLIER_PARENT |
NUMBER(10) |
SUP_QTY_LEVEL |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
|
This field is not nullable. Valid values are CA (cases) and EA (eaches). Default = EA |
SUP_QTY_LEVEL |
VARCHAR2(6) |
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_sup_ADDR_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_sup_ADDR
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_supplier.ksh):
§ Ensure that ADDR.KEY_VALUE_1 is a valid SUPS.SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ADDR.STATE is a valid STATE.STATE.
§ Ensure that ADDR.COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
§ Ensure that every SUPS.SUPPLIER with SUPS.RET_ALLOW_IND = Y has a row in ADDR with ADDR.MODULE = SUPP and ADDR.ADDR_TYPE = 03.
§ Ensure that every SUPS.SUPPLIER has a row in ADDR with ADDR.MODULE = SUPP, and ADDR.ADDR_TYPE in the set of all ADD_TYPE_MODULE.ADDRESS_TYPE, with ADD_TYPE_MODULE.MODULE = SUPP and ADD_TYPE_MODULE.MANDATORY_IND = Y.
§ Ensure every ADDR.ADDR_TYPE where ADDR.MODULE = SUPP is a valid ADD_TYPE_MODULE.ADDRESS_TYPE with ADD_TYPE_MODULE.MODULE = SUPP.
§ Capture the count from ADDR where ADDR.MODULE = SUPP and compare to flat file DC_SUP_ADDR.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SUPPLIER_ID |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of the supplier. |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
NUMBER(10) |
ADDR_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
Type of address for this supplier. Valid values are: 01 - Business 02 - Postal 03 - Returns 04 - Order 05 - Invoice 06 - Remittance Additional address types can be defined in the RMS ADD_TYPE table. The required address types for a supplier are definable in the RMS ADD_TYPE_MODULE table where MODULE = SUPP. |
ADDR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the address is the primary address for this address type. |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Phone number of the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Telex number of the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax number of the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
E-mail of the contact at this address. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
ADDR_LINE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
First line of the address. |
ADD_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE _2 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Second line of the address. |
ADD_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE _3 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Third line of the address. |
ADD_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CITY |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of the city of this address. |
CITY |
VARCHAR2(120) |
COUNTY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
County of the address. |
COUNTY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STATE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
State abbreviation of the address. |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
ZIP code. |
POST |
VARCHAR2(30) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country code. Valid values are in the COUNTRY table. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Jurisdiction code for the address |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
File name: DC_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_supplier.ksh):
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.AGENT is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with PARTNER_TYPE = AG.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.ADVISING_BANK is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with PARTNER_TYPE = BK.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.ISSUING_BANK is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with PARTNER_TYPE = BK.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.LADING_PORT is a valid OUTLOC.OUTLOC_ID with OUTLOC.OUTLOC_TYPE = LP.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT.ATTR.DISCHARGE_PORT is a valid OUTLOC.OUTLOC_ID with OUTLOC.OUTLOC_TYPE = DP.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PLACE_OF_EXPIRY is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = LCPE.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.DRAFTS_AT is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = LCDA.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PRESENTATION_TERMS is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = LCPT.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_1 is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with the same partner type as SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_TYPE_1.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_2 is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with the same partner type as SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_TYPE_2.
§ Ensure that SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_3 is a valid PARTNER.PARTNER_ID with the same partner type as SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.PARTNER_TYPE_3.
§ Capture the count from SUP_IMPORT_ATTR and compare to flat file DC_SUP_IMPORT_ATTR.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID of the supplier. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
AGENT |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Agent associated with the supplier. |
AGENT |
VARCHAR2(10) |
ADVISING_BANK |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Bank advising the Letter of Credit. |
ADVISING_BANK |
VARCHAR2(10) |
ISSUING_BANK |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Bank issuing the letter of credit. |
ISSUING_BANK |
VARCHAR2(10) |
LADING_PORT |
Alpha-numeric |
5 |
N |
Identification number of the supplier's Lading Port. |
LADING_PORT |
VARCHAR2(5) |
DISCHARGE_PORT |
Alpha-numeric |
5 |
N |
Identification number of the supplier's discharge port. |
DISCHARGE_PORT |
VARCHAR2(5) |
MFG_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
18 |
N |
Manufacturer's tax identification number. |
MFG_ID |
VARCHAR2(18) |
RELATED_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the supplier is related to the company. Valid values are Y and N. |
RELATED_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
BENEFICIARY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether this supplier can be a beneficiary. Valid values are Y and N. |
BENEFICIARY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
WITH_RECOURSE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Conditional payment on the part of the bank, as instructed by the buyer. Valid values are Y and N. |
WITH_RECOURSE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
REVOCABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the letter of credit is revocable. If this is Y, the letter of credit can be amended or cancelled at any time by the buyer or buyer's bank. If this is 'N', the letter of credit has to have both buyer and seller approval to do anything. |
REVOCABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VARIANCE_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Allowed currency variance percentage for the letter of credit. For example, if the variance percent is 5, the letter of credit can be underpaid or overpaid by 5 percent. |
VARIANCE_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
LC_NEG_DAYS |
Integer |
3 |
N |
Number of days to negotiate documents. |
LC_NEG_DAYS |
NUMBER(3) |
PLACE_OF_EXPIRY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Place where the letter of credit will expire. Valid values are: 01 - Issuing Bank 02 - Advising Bank 03 - Miami 04 - New York 05 – Los Angeles |
PLACE_OF_EXPIRY |
VARCHAR2(6) |
DRAFTS_AT |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Terms of draft (or when payment is to be made) for the letter of credit. Valid values are: 01 - At sight 02 - 30 Days 03 - 60 Days |
DRAFTS_AT |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PRESENTATION_TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Terms of presentation (for example, “to the order of any bank” or “to XYZ Bank”). Valid values are: P - By payment A - By acceptance N - By negotiation |
PRESENTATION_TERMS |
VARCHAR2(6) |
FACTORY |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Factory partner ID for the factory partner type. |
FACTORY |
VARCHAR2(10) |
PARTNER_TYPE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Partner type of the first additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_TYPE_1 |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PARTNER_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Partner ID of the first additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
PARTNER_TYPE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Partner type of the second additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_TYPE_2 |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PARTNER_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Partner ID of the second additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
PARTNER_TYPE_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Partner type of the third additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_TYPE_3 |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PARTNER_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Partner ID of the third additional partner. Valid values are in the RMS PARTNER table. |
PARTNER_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS table.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_supplier.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function selects from the DC_ SUPs external table and inserts the data to the RMS SUPS table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The following table lists columns that do not exist in the DC_SUPs table and must be defaulted as described.
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_SUPs to SUPS Column Defaults
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
SUP_STATUS |
A |
N/A |
AUTO_APPR_DBT_MEMO_IND |
Y |
If NULL in external table |
PREPAY_INVC_IND |
Y |
N/A |
DELIVERY_POLICY |
NEXT |
If NULL in external table |
BRACKET_COSTING_IND |
N |
If NULL in external table |
DSD_IND |
N |
If NULL in external table |
EDI_INVC_IND |
Y |
N/A |
DBT_MEMO_CODE |
Y |
N/A |
INVC_PAY_LOC |
C |
N/A |
INVC_RECEIVE_LOC |
C |
N/A |
ADDINVC_GROSS_NET |
G |
N/A |
VMI_ORDER_STATUS |
A |
If NULL in external table |
Required file to load: dc_sups.dat
This function selects from the DC_SUP_ADDR external table and inserts the data to the RMS ADDR table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table. The following table lists columns that do not exist in the DC_SUP_ADDR table and must be defaulted as described.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ADDR_KEY |
Sequence generated |
N/A |
MODULE |
SUPP |
N/A |
SEQ_NO |
1 |
N/A |
ADDR_TYPE |
See the note that follows. |
N/A |
PUBLISH_IND |
N |
N/A |
Note: For each input supplier, the address records are created depending on the mandatory address types in the ADD_TYPE_MODULE table.
Required file to load: dc_sup_addr.dat
This function selects from the DC_ SUP_IMPORT_ATTR external table and inserts the data to the RMS SUP_IMPORT_ATTR table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table.
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_sup_import_attr.dat
After using the data conversion toolset for this functional area, the SUP_BRACKET_COST table must be loaded manually. This table is required for suppliers that have bracket costing. It must be loaded before you proceed with data conversion for subsequent functional areas, because of data dependencies.
Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
This section describes data conversion for the RMS PARTNER table. The following programs are included in this functional area:
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, “Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH),” for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_partner.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
§ dbc_create_partner_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_partner_addr_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the MSOB Partner functional area:
Data Flow for the MSOB Partner Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_partnerwh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_PARTNER.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PARTNER_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_PARTNER
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_partner.ksh):
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PARTNER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Specifies type of partner. E.g. Bank ‘BK’, etc. |
PARTNER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2 (6) |
PARTNER_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
Unique ID for the partner. |
PARTNER_ID |
VARCHAR2(10) |
PARTNER_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Description or name of partner |
PARTNER_DESC |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CURRENCY_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Currency for business transaction. |
CURRENCY_CODE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
LANG |
Integer |
6 |
N |
Partner’s preferred language. |
LANG |
NUMBER(6) |
STATUS |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Determines whether the partner is currently active. |
STATUS |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Name of partner’s representative contact. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Phone number. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Fax Number. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Telex Number. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
Email ID. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
MFG_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
18 |
N |
Manufacturer’s Tax Identification Number. |
MFG_ID |
VARCHAR2(18) |
PRINCIPLE_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Country ID to which Partner is assigned. |
PRINCIPLE_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
LINE_OF_CREDIT |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
The line of credit the company has at the bank in Partner’s currency. |
LINE_OF_CREDIT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
OUTSTAND_CREDIT |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
Total amount of credit that the company has used / charged against in the Partner’s currency. |
OUTSTAND_CREDIT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
OPEN_CREDIT |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
Total amount that the company can still charge against in the Partner’s currency. |
OPEN_CREDIT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
YTD_CREDIT |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
Total amount of credit the company has used this year to date. |
YTD_CREDIT |
NUMBER(20,4) |
YTD_DRAWDOWNS |
Integer |
20,4 |
N |
The year to date payments the bank has made on behalf of the company. |
YTD_DRAWDOWNS |
NUMBER(20,4) |
TAX_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
18 |
N |
Unique Tax Identification Number. |
TAX_ID |
VARCHAR2(18) |
TERMS |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
Y |
Payment Terms for partner. |
TERMS |
VARCHAR2(15) |
SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the expense vendor’s services must be confirmed as performed before paying an invoice. |
SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
INVC_PAY_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates where the invoices from this vendor are paid. |
INCV_PAY_LOC |
VARCHAR2(6) |
INVC_RECEIVE_LOC |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates where the invoices from this vendor are received. |
INVC_RECEIVE_LOC |
VARCHAR2(6) |
IMPORT_COUNTRY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Import country of the import authority. |
IMPORT_COUNTRY_IND |
VARCHAR2(3) |
PRIMARY_IA_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the import authority is a primary import authority. |
PRIMARY_IA_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
COMMENT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Contains any comments associated with partner. |
COMMENT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Integer |
10 |
N |
ID of transfer entity with which External finisher is associated. |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
VAT_REGION |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Vat region with which partner is associated. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Integer |
15 |
N |
Organization Unit ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
PARTNER_NAME_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
This will hold the secondary name of the partner. |
PARTNER_NAME_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(240) |
AUTO_RCV_STOCK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
This will indicate whether the system will update the stock for the external finisher when the 1st leg of the transfer is shipped. Valid values are 'Y'es or 'N'o. |
AUTO_RECEIVE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_PARTNER_ADDR.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PARTNER_ADDR_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_PARTNER_ADDR
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_partner.ksh):
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
This column contains specific ID or type that the address is attached to. If the module is Partner, then key_value_1 holds the type of Partner [BANK (BK),Freight Forwarder (FF), Factory (FA), Agent (AG), Broker (BR), and Importer (IM)], else it will hold the supplier number. |
KEY_VALUE_1 |
VARCHAR2(20) |
KEY_VALUE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
If the module is Partner (PTNR), then this field will contain the partners ID, else this field will be null. |
KEY_VALUE_2 |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
2 |
Y |
This column contains a unique number used to distinguish between different addresses. |
ADDR_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(2) |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if this address is the primary for the partner and address type. Valid values are ‘Y’ (primary) and ‘N’ (non-primary). |
PRIMARY_ADDR_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
CONTACT_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Contains the name for the primary contact person at this partner address. |
CONTACT_NAME |
VARCHAR2(120) |
CONTACT_PHONE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains the phone number for the contact person at this partner address. |
CONTACT_PHONE |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_FAX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains the fax number for this partner address. |
CONTACT_FAX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
Alpha-numeric |
100 |
N |
Contains the e-mail address for the contact person at this partner address. |
CONTACT_EMAIL |
VARCHAR2(100) |
CONTACT_TELEX |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
N |
Contains the telex number for the contact person at this partner address. |
CONTACT_TELEX |
VARCHAR2(20) |
ADDR_LINE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
Y |
Contains the first line of this address for this partner and address type. |
ADD_1 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Contains the second line of this address for this partner and address type. |
ADD_2 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
ADDR_LINE_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
240 |
N |
Contains the third line of this address for this partner and address type. |
ADD_3 |
VARCHAR2(240) |
CITY |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Contains the city of this address for this partner and address type. |
CITY |
VARCHAR2(120) |
COUNTY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Contains the county of this address for this partner and address type. |
COUNTY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STATE |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
N |
Contains the state of this address for this partner and address type. Values in this column must exist in the RMS STATE table. |
STATE |
VARCHAR2(3) |
POSTAL_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
Contains the postal code (e.g. Zip Code) of this address for this warehouse and address type. |
POST |
VARCHAR2(30) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Contains the country code of this address for this warehouse and address type. Values in this column must exist in the RMS COUNTRIES table. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Jurisdiction code for the address. |
JURISDICTION_CODE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh. It serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just to load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_wh.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_PARTNER external table and inserts the data to the RMS PARTNER table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
The following fields are required:
· PARTNER_ID
· PARTNER_TYPE
· PARTNER_DESC
· CURRENCY_CODE
· STATUS
· CONTACT_NAME
· CONTACT_PHONE
· TERMS
· SERVICE_PERF_REQ_IND
· PRIMARY_IA_IND
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_partner.dat
This function inserts data into the ADDR table by selecting all columns from the DC_PARTNER_ADDR external table and uses the defaults specified below for the columns that are not in DC_PARTNER_ADDR.
ADDR Column Defaults for partner
Field Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ADDR_KEY |
system generated |
NA |
MODULE |
PTNR |
NA |
SEQ_NO |
1 |
NA |
PUBLISH_IND |
N |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_partner_addr.dat
File name: DC_COUNTRY_ATTRIB.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_COUNTRY_ATTRIB_TAB.SQL – This SQL script is called by the dc_load_COUNTRY_ATTRIB.Ksh and will create the DC_COUNTRY_ATTRIB oracle external table with the following definition:
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
This contains the code which uniquely identifies the country. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2 (3) |
This ksh script will be called by the dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
§ Call the create table scripts to create the Oracle external tables.
§ Call the load data script to insert data from the Oracle external tables to the RMS tables.
The script calls internal functions (defined within the script) that insert-select from the external tables to the RMS tables. The script can be configured to create the tables and load data or just load data at run time. The create table scripts will only be called if a parameter option (-c) is passed in from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script will load the data. The dc_load_partner.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts. For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
ERROR HANDLING: All functions should include the exception part of the PL/SQL block and handle WHEN OTHERS by assigning the sqlerrm to the KSH variable and return (see sample in Segment Wrapper Script Design Doc).
COMMIT: In each function, follow each insert statement with a commit command.
The following functions should be defined in the declaration of the script:
§ LOAD_COUNTRY_ATTRIB – This function selects from the DC_COUNTRY_ATTRIB external table and inserts the data to the RMS COUNTRY_ATTRIB table. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The table below lists columns that do not exist on DC_ COUNTRY_ATTRIB and will need to be defaulted as described. The function returns a Boolean value.
The COUNTRY_ATTRIB field is required:
Required file to load: dc_country_attrib.dat
Because different types of items have different data structures, the Items functional area is organized based on item types, as follows:
· Fashion Items
· Hardline Items
· Grocery Items
· Pack Items
· Item Supplier
· Item Location
· Others
Note the following:
§ Break-to-sell items are not supported in this data conversion toolset.
§ 2- to 3-tier non-pack items are both orderable and sellable.
§ Pack items are divided into sellable only and orderable (sellable is optional).
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Items, you must complete data conversion for the following functional areas:
§ Core
§ Merchandise Hierarchy
§ Organizational Hierarchy
§ Suppliers
There are tables that must be loaded manually, because of data dependencies for auto-loading within this functional area. Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS, RPM), or scripts can be created. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_MASTER
§ VAT_ITEM (only if system_optinos.vat_ind is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ ITEM_CHRG_HEAD
§ ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load script. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_fashion_item.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
* dbc_create_style_tab.sql
* dbc_create_fashion_sku_tab.sql
* dbc_create_fashion_xref_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Fashion Items functional area:
Data Flow for the Fashion Items Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_fashion_item.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_STYLE_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_STYLE
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_fashion_item.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL < ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = N, and compare to flat file DC_STYLE.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DEPT/ITEM_MASTER.CLASS/
ITEM_MASTER.SUBCLASS combination exists in SUBCLASS.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_1 (if not NULL) is a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_2 (if not NULL) is a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_3 (if not NULL) is a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_4 (if not NULL) is a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
STYLE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the style. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
STYLE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the style. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
STYLE_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the style.Default = First 120 characters of sku_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
STYLE_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the item for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 of which merchandise hierarchy level 5 is a member. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 5 which is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 6 which is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are in the SUBCLASS field in the SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
SIZE_1_GROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
Size group ID of the first size that differentiates the style from its item_parent (for example, men's pant sizes or a value such as 6 oz). Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_idS tables. |
SIZE_1_GROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
SIZE_2_GROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size group ID of the second size that differentiates the style from its item_parent. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
SIZE_2_GROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
COLOR_GROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the color grouping of the style that differentiates the style from its item_parent (for example, pastel colors). Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
COLOR_GROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_DIFF_GROUP |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the other grouping of the style that differentiates the style from its item_parent. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
OTHER_GROUP |
VARCHAR2(10) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
ITEM_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator allows the user to specify whether the item can aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping level. The remainder of the diffs that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
ITEM_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIZE_1_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator allows the user to specify whether the item can aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
SIZE_1_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIZE_2_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator allows the user to specify whether the item can aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
SIZE_2_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
COLOR_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
COLOR_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
OTHER_DIFF_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to specific groupings, such as style/color, is achieved by adding this indicator for each grouping in the table. This item aggregate indicator allows the user to specify whether the item can aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a style/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
OTHER_AGGREGATE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
STYLE_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the style. |
STYLE_COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
A grocery item attribute used to indicate whether an item is perishable or not. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
Note: The same number of aggregate indicators should be populated as the number of corresponding diff values.
For example, if diffs 1 and 2 contain values, then only diff aggregate 1 and diff aggregate 2 should be populated with a Y or N. The diff 3 and diff 4 aggregate indicators should be NULL.
For item aggregation, the item can aggregate only by up to 1 less than the total number of differentiator groups specified. For example, if an item has three differentiator groups associated with it, the user can aggregate by as many as two of those groups.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FASHION_SKU_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FASHION_SKU
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_fashion_item.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = N, and compare to flat file DC_FASHION_SKU.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
PRIMARY_SKU_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Not in RMS item_master, needed for defaulting style. |
PRIMARY_SKU_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
STYLE |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
Style associated with the SKU. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SKU_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the SKU. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Short description of the SKU. Default = First 120 characters of sku_desc |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SKU_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
Integer |
- |
Y |
Cost zone group associated with the item. This field is only required when elc_ind (landed cost indicator) is set to Y in the system_options table. |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
STANDARD_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unit of measure in which stock of the item is tracked at a corporate level. |
STANDARD_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
UOM_CONV_FACTOR |
Numeric |
12,10 |
N |
Conversion factor between an each and the standard_uom, when the standard_uom is not in the quantity class (for example, if standard_uom = lb and 1 lb = 10 eaches, this factor is 10). This factor is used to convert sales and stock data when an item is retailed in eaches, but does not have eaches as its standard unit of measure. |
UOM_CONV_FACTOR |
NUMBER(20,10) |
STORE_ORDER_MULT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Unit type in which merchandise shipped from the warehouses to the stores must be specified. Valid values are: C - Cases I - Inner E - Eaches |
STORE_ORDER_MULT |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SKU_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the SKU. |
SKU_COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates if the item is a merchandise item (Y, N). Default = Y |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FORECAST_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates if this item will be interfaced to an external forecasting system (Y, N). Default = Y |
FORECAST_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIZE_1 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size ID of the first size that differentiates the SKU from
its Style |
SIZE_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
SIZE_2 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size ID of the first size that differentiates the SKU from its style (for example, 32 length). Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_id tables. |
SIZE_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
COLOR |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Color ID of the color that differentiates the SKU from its style (for example, red). Valid values are found in the diff_group and diff_id tables. |
COLOR |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_VARIANT |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its style (for example, stone-washed). Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_id tables. |
OTHER_VARIANT |
VARCHAR2(10) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
A grocery item attribute used to indicate whether an item is perishable or not. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
File name: DC_FASHION_XREF.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_FASHION_XREF_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_FASHION_XREF
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_fashion_item.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL > ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL, and compare to flat file DC_FASHION_XREF.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM is unique.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the child less 1.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the grandchild less 2.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID is a valid COST_ZONE_GROUP..ZONE_GROUP_ID if SYSTEM_OPTIONS.ELC_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS is not MISC.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.UOM_CONV_FACTOR is not NULL if UOM_CLASS of ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is not QTY.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.PACKAGE_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = RTLT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_TEMP (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HTMP.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_SENSITIVITY (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HSEN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = UPCT.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
XREF_ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
The ID that uniquely identifies the scanning barcode associated with a product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_ DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
XREF_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Default = First 120 characters of xref_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
XREF_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Stock keeping unit associated with the xref_item. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
STYLE |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Style associated with the xref_item. |
ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the xref_item. |
STYLE_COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates that xref_item is the primary item for the stock keeping unit. Note – there can only be one primary xref item for a SKU. Default = N. |
PRIMARY_REF_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Code specifying what type the xref_item is. Valid values for this field are in the code type UPCT on the code_head and code_detail tables. Examples are UPC, EAN and others. |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
A grocery item attribute used to indicate whether an item is perishable or not. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_fashion_item.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_STYLE and the DC_FASHION_SKU external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
For styles, the following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_STYLE and DC_FASHION_SKU to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substr 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
N/A |
For SKUs, the following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_FASHION_SKU to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substr 120 characters from SKU_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ORDERABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
SELLABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
FORECAST_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
N |
NA |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required files to load: dc_style.dat, dc_fashion_sku.dat
This function inserts item defaults from the merchandise hierarchy specifications for VAT, UDAs and item charges.
Using bulk collect, this function retrieves into a PL/SQL table the ITEM, DEPT, CLASS and SUBCLASS values from DC_HARDLINES from the DC_STYLE table and from DC_STYLE joined with DC_FASHION_SKU.
If the VAT indicator is turned on in system_options and default tax type is not GTAX (SVAT is used), the function retrieves SKU information and calls the VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM to default data into RMS VAT_ITEM table.
It also retrieves style information and calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL, DC_DEFAULT_CHRGS. It retrieves SKU information and calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DC_DEFAULT_CHRGS. These functions default data into the RMS UDA_ITEM_LOV, ITEM_CHRG_HEAD, and ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL tables.
Required files to load: dc_style.dat, dc_fashion_sku.dat
This function inserts item defaults from the merchandise hierarchy specifications for VAT,UDAs and ITEM Charges. Create two cursors to retrieve using bulk collect into a PL/SQL table the ITEM, DEPT, CLASS and SUBCLASS values from DC_STYLE and from DC_STYLE joined with DC_FASHION_SKU.
If vat is turned on in system_options and default tax type is not GTAX (SVAT is used), retreive sku information and call the VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM.
Retrieve style information and call UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DC_DEFAULT_CHRGS. Retreive sku information and call UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DEFAULT_CHRGS.
Required file to load: dc_style.dat, dc_fashion_sku.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_FASHION_XREF and the DC_FASHION_SKU external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above directly map to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_FASHION_XREF and DC_FASHION_SKU to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_LEVEL |
3 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substr 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_ |
N |
If NULL |
CREATE_DATETIME |
SYSDATE |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ |
SYSDATE |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required files to load: dc_style.dat, dc_fashion_sku.dat,dc_fashion_xref.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_MASTER
§ VAT_ITEM (only if system_optinos.vat_ind is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ ITEM_CHRG_HEAD
§ ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL
The following programs are included in this functional area.
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
§ This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, “Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH),” for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_hardline_item.ksh. This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
– dbc_create_hardlines_tab.sql
– dbc_create_hardlines_xref_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Hardline Items functional area.
Data Flow for the Hardline Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_hardline_item.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_hardlines.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_hardlines_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_hardlines
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_hardline_item.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT is NULL and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = N, and compare to flat file DC_HARDLINES.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that
ITEM_MASTER.DEPT/ITEM_MASTER.CLASS/
ITEM_MASTER.SUBCLASS combination exists in SUBCLASS.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
20 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SKU_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
Y |
Description of the SKU. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SKU_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
|
N |
Short description of the SKU. Default = First 120 characters of sku_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
SKU_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 of which merchandise hierarchy level 5 is a member. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 5 which is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 6 which is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are in the SUBCLASS field in the SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
Integer |
|
Y |
Cost zone group associated with the item. This field is only required when elc_ind (landed cost indicator) is set to Y in the system_options table. |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
UOM_CONV_FACTOR |
Floating Point |
12,10 |
N |
Conversion factor between an each and the standard_uom, when the standard_uom is not in the quantity class. (For example, if standard_uom = lb and 1 lb = 10 eaches, this factor is 10). This factor is used to convert sales and stock data when an item is retailed in eaches, but does not have eaches as its standard unit of measure. |
UOM_CONV_FACTOR |
NUMBER(20,10) |
STANDARD_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unit of measure in which stock of the item is tracked at a corporate level. |
STANDARD_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
STORE_ORDER_MULT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Unit type in which merchandise shipped from the warehouses to the stores must be specified. Valid values are: C - Cases I - Inner E - Eaches |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SKU_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the SKU. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the item is a merchandise item |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
FORECAST_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this item will be interfaced to an
external forecasting system |
FORECAST_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_hardlines_xref.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_hardlines_xref_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_hardlines_xref
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_hardline_item.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL > ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT is NULL, and compare to flat file DC_HARDLINES_XREF.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM is unique.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the child less 1.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID is a valid COST_ZONE_GROUP. ZONE_GROUP_ID if SYSTEM_OPTIONS.ELC_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS is not MISC.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.UOM_CONV_FACTOR is not NULL if UOM_CLASS of ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is not QTY.
§ Ensure that ITEM_ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE, where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = UPCT.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
XREF_ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the scanning bar code associated with a product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
XREF_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Default = 120 characters of xref_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
XREF_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Stock keeping unit associated with the xref_item. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the xref_item. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2 |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether xref_item is the primary item for the stock keeping unit. Note: There can only be one primary xref item for a SKU. Default = N |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Code specifying what type the xref_item is. Valid values for this field are in the code type UPCT in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_hardline_item.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_hardlines external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_hardlines to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
rtrim of substr b 120 characters from ITEM_DESC. |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ORDERABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
SELLABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
FORECAST_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
N |
NA |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_hardlines.dat
This function inserts item defaults from the merchandise hierarchy specifications for VAT, UDAs, and item charges. Using bulk collect, it retrieves into a PL/SQL table the ITEM, DEPT, CLASS, and SUBCLASS values from the DC_hardlines table.
If the VAT indicator is turned on in system_options and default_tax_type is NOT GTAX (i.e. SVAT is used), this function retrieves SKU information and calls the VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM to default data into the RMS VAT_ITEM table.
It retrieves item information and calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS and ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DC_DEFAULT_CHRGS. These functions default data into the RMS UDA_ITEM_LOV, ITEM_CHRG_HEAD, and ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL tables.
Required file to load: dc_hardlines.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_hardlines_xref external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above map directly to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_hardlines_XREF to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
rtrim of substr b 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required files to load: dc_hardlines.dat, dc_hardlines_xref.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_MASTER
§ VAT_ITEM (only if system_optinos.vat_ind is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ ITEM_CHRG_HEAD
§ ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, “Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH),” for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_grocery_items.ksh.
§ This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
– dbc_create_product_line_tab.sql
– dbc_create_product_tab.sql
– dbc_create_grocery_variant_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Grocery Items functional area:
Data Flow for the Grocery Items Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_grocery_items.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_product_line.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_product_line_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_product_line
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_grocery_items.ksh):
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DEPT/ITEM_MASTER.CLASS/
ITEM_MASTER.SUBCLASS combination exists in SUBCLASS.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_1 (if not NULL) is a valid
DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_2 (if not NULL) is a valid
DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_3 (if not NULL) is a valid
DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§ Ensure that
ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_4 (if not NULL) is a valid DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PRODUCT_LINE |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the product line. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
PRODUCT_LINE_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the product line. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PRODUCT_LINE_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the product line. Default = First 120 characters of item_desc |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
PRODUCT_LINE_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of product line. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 of which merchandise hierarchy level 5 is a member. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifies the merchandise hierarchy level 5 which is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifies the merchandise hierarchy level 6 which is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are in the SUBCLASS field in the SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
DIFF_GROUP_1_FLAVOR |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Flavor group ID that differentiates the product line. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_GROUP_2_SIZE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size group ID that differentiates the product line. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_GROUP_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of a grouping that differentiates the product line. Valid values are found in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_GROUP_4 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of a grouping that differentiates the product line. Valid values are found in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_4 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
ITEM_AGGREGATE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to specific groupings such as product line/flavor. This item aggregate indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a product line/grouping level. The differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FLAVOR_AGGREGATE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to a product line/flavor level. This indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a product line/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIZE_AGGREGATE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to a product line/size grouping level. This indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a product line/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
OTHER_GROUP_3__AGGREGATE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to a product line/other grouping level. This indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a product line/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
OTHER_GROUP_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicator for the item aggregating up to a product line/grouping level. This indicator allows the user to specify if the item may aggregate by numbers. Aggregation allows the system to support allocations at a product line/grouping level. The remaining differentiators that are not a part of the aggregate group represent the curve portion of the allocation algorithm. |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_LINE_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the product line. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
Note: The same number of aggregate indicators should be populated as the number of corresponding differentiator values.
For example, if Diffs 1 and 2 contain values, then only diff aggregate 1 and diff aggregate 2 should be populated with a Y or N. The diff 3 and 4 aggregate indicators should be NULL.
For item aggregation, the item can only aggregate by up to 1 less than the total number of differentiator groups specified. For example, if an item has three differentiator groups associated with it, the user can aggregate by as many as two of those groups.
File name: DC_product.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_product_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_product
Separate post-loading validation is not required for the DC_PRODUCT table. The validations for the DC_GROCERY_VARIANT table (later in this chapter) will also validate the rows loaded to the DC_PRODUCT table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PRODUCT |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that identifies the product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
PRIMARY_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Not in the RMS ITEM_MASTER table, needed for defaulting product line. |
PRIMARY_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_LINE |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Product line associated with the product. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
PRODUCT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the product. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PRODUCT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Default = First 120 characters of item_desc (product_desc) |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
PRODUCT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the product. |
ITEM_DESC_ |
VARCHAR2(250) |
COST_ |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Cost zone group associated with the product. This field is only required when elc_ind (landed cost indicator) is set to Y in the system_options table within RMS. |
COST_ZONE_ |
NUMBER(4) |
UOM_ |
Numeric |
20,10 |
N |
Conversion factor between an each and the standard_uom when the standard_uom is not in the quantity class. (For example, if standard_uom = lb and 1 lb = 10 eaches, this factor is 10). This factor is used to convert sales and stock data when an item is retailed in eaches, but does not have eaches as its standard unit of measure. |
UOM_CONV_ |
NUMBER(20,10) |
STAN |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unit of measure in which stock of the product is tracked at a corporate level. |
STANDARD_ |
VARCHAR2(4) |
STORE_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Unit type in which products shipped from the warehouses to the stores must be specified. Valid values are: C - Cases I - Inner E - Eaches |
STORE_ORD_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
MERCHAN |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = Y Indicates if the product is a merchandise item (Y or N). |
MERCHAN |
VARCHAR2(1) |
FORECAST_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = Y Indicates if this product will be interfaced to an external forecasting system (Y or N). |
FORECAST_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
DIFF_1_ |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Flavor ID of the flavor that differentiates the product from its product line. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_2_ |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
Size ID of the size that differentiates the product from its product line. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER_ DIFF_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the product from its product line. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
OTHER DIFF_4 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the product from its product line. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables in RMS. |
DIFF_4 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
CATCH_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicates whether the item should be weighed when it arrives at a location. Valid values for this field are Y and N. |
CATCH_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
HANDLING_TEMP |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Temperature information associated with the item. Valid values for this field are in the code type HTMP in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Sensitivity information associated with the item. Valid values for this field are in the code type HSEN in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
WASTE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Identifies wastage type as either sales or spoilage wastage. Sales wastage occurs during processes that make an item saleable (for example, fat is trimmed off at customer request). Spoilage wastage occurs during the product’s shelf life (for example, evaporation causes the product to weigh less after a period of time). Valid values are: SP - Spoilage SL - Sales Wastage is not applicable to pack items. |
WASTE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
WASTE_PCT |
Alpha-numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Average percent of wastage for the item over its shelf life. Used in inflating the retail price for wastage items. |
WASTE_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
DEFAULT_ WASTE_PCT |
Alpha-numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Default daily wastage percent for spoilage type wastage items. This value defaults to all item locations and represents the average amount of wastage that occurs on a daily basis. |
DEFAULT_ |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PACKAGE_ |
Alpha-numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Size of the product printed on any packaging (for example, 24 ounces). This field is used for reporting purposes, as well as by Retail Price Management to determine same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_SIZE |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PACKAGE_ |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Unit of measure associated with the package size. This field is used for reporting purposes, and by Retail Price Management to determine same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_ |
VARCHAR2(4) |
DEPOSIT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Deposit item component type. A NULL value in this field indicates that this item is not part of a deposit item relationship. The possible values are: E - Contents A - Container Z - Crate T - Returned item (empty bottle) P - Complex pack (with deposit items) The returned item is flagged only to enable these items to be mapped to a separate general ledger account if required. |
DEPOSIT_ITEM_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CONTAINER_ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
N |
Container item number for a contents item. This field is
only populated and required if the DEPOSIT_ITEM_ |
CONTAINER_ |
VARCHAR2(25) |
DEPOSIT_IN_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates if the deposit amount is included in the price
per UOM calculation for a contents item ticket. This value is only required I - Include deposit amount E - Exclude deposit amount |
DEPOSIT_IN_ |
VARCHAR2(6) |
RETAIL_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates any special label type associated with an item (for example, pre-priced or cents off). This field is used for reporting purposes only. Values for this field are defined by the RTLT code in code detail. |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
RETAIL_ |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Value associated with the retail label type. |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
NUMBER(20,4) |
PRODUCT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the product. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2 |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This field indicates whether the item is perishable or not, Valid values for this field are Y, N. Default = N |
PERISHABLE_ |
VARCHAR2(1) |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
File name: DC_GROCERY_variant.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_GROCERY_variant_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_GROCERY_variant
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_grocery_items.ksh):
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM is unique.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the child less 1.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the grandchild less 2.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID is a valid COST_ZONE_GROUP..ZONE_GROUP_ID if SYSTEM_OPTIONS.ELC_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS is not MISC.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.UOM_CONV_FACTOR is not NULL if UOM_CLASS of ITEM_MASTER.STANDARD_UOM is not QTY.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.PACKAGE_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = RTLT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_TEMP (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HTMP.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_SENSITIVITY (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HSEN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = UPCT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.CONTAINER_ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM if ITEM_MASTER.DEPOSIT_ITEM_TYPE = E.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.FORMAT_ID and ITEM_MASTER.PREFIX are not NULL if ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE = VPLU.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.FORMAT_ID is a valid VAR_UPC_EAN.FORMAT_ID if ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE = VPLU.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
||||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
|
VARIANT |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the scanning barcode associated with a product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
|
VARIANT_NUMBER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Code specifying what type the variant item is. Valid values for this field are in the code type UPCT in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
|
VAR_WGT_PLU_FORMAT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Format ID that corresponds to the item's variable UPC. This value is only used for items with variable UPCs. |
FORMAT_ID |
VARCHAR2(1) |
|
VAR_WGT_PLU_PREFIX |
Integer |
2 |
N |
Prefix for variable weight UPCs. The prefix determines the format of the eventual UPC and is used to decode variable weight UPCs that are uploaded from the POS. It is the client’s responsibility to download this value to their scale systems. |
PREFIX |
NUMBER(2) |
|
VARIANT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the variant. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
|
VARIANT_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the variant. Default = First 120 characters of item_desc |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
|
VARIANT_DESC_SECONDARY |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the variant. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
|
PRODUCT |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the product associated with the variant. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
|
PRODUCT_LINE |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the product line associated with the variant. |
ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
|
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Default = N Indicates if the variant is the primary variant for the product. |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
|
VARIANT_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments associated with the variant. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
|
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Only used if AIP is integrated. Determines which case sizes to extract against an item in the AIP interface. Applicable only to non-pack orderable items. |
AIP_CASE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
|
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
|
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
|
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_grocery_items.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_product_line and DC_product external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_product_line and dc_product to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
RTRIM/substrb 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
Required file to load: dc_product_line.dat, dc_product.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_product external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_product_line and dc_product to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
RTRIM/substrb 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
ORDERABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
SELLABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
FORECAST_IND |
Y |
If NULL |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
N |
NA |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
N |
If NULL |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_product_line.dat, dc_product.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_GROCERY_variant external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_GROCERY_variant and dc_hardlines to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_LEVEL |
3 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
RTRIM/substrb 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
If NULL |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
Required files to load: dc_product_line.dat, dc_product.dat, dc_grocery_variant.dat
This function defaults data in the VAT_ITEM, UDA_ITEM_LOV, and ITEM_CHRG_HEAD/DETAIL tables for newly created products and product lines. It includes the following logic:
§ If the VAT indicator is turned on in system_options and default_tax_type is NOT GTAX (i.e. SVAT is used), it uses bulk collect to retrieve into a PL/SQL table the item/department values from the DC_PRODUCT table. It calls the PL/SQL function VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM to insert the department VAT defaults into the RMS VAT_ITEM table, by selecting from the vat_deps and vat_code_rates for each item in the DC_PRODUCT table.
§ It also uses bulk collect to retrieve into a PL/SQL table the item/dept/class/subclass values from the DC_PRODUCT and DC_PRODUCT_LINE tables. It calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS to insert the department UDA defaults into the RMS uda_item_lov table, by selecting from uda_item_defaults and uda for each item in the DC_PRODUCT and DC_PRODUCT_LINE tables.
§ It calls ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DEFAULT_CHRGS to insert the department charge defaults into the RMS ITEM_CHRG_HEAD and ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL tables, by selecting from dept_chrg_head and dept_chrg_detail for each item in the DC_PRODUCT and DC_PRODUCT_LINE tables.
Required file to load: dc_product_line.dat, dc_product.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_MASTER
§ PACKITEM
§ PACKITEM_BREAKOUT
§ PRICE_HIST
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE
§ VAT_ITEM (only if system_optinos.vat_ind is Y and default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ ITEM_CHRG_HEAD
§ ITEM_CHRG_DETAIL
The following programs are included in the Pack Items functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_packs.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
– dbc_create_orderable_pack_tab.sql
– dbc_create_sellable_pack_tab.sql
– dbc_create_pack_component_tab.sql
– dbc_create_pack_xref_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Pack Items functional area:
Data Flow for the Pack Items Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_packs.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_orderable_pack.DAT
This file contains all orderable packs that are either sellable or non-sellable. These packs can be simple packs or complex packs in RMS.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_orderable_pack_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_orderable_pack
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_packs.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = Y and ITEM_MASTER.ORDERABLE_IND = Y, and compare to flat file DC_ORDERABLE_PACK.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID is a valid
COST_ZONE_GROUP.ZONE_GROUP_ID if SYSTEM_OPTIONS.ELC_IND = Y and
ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = Y and ITEM_MASTER.ORDERABLE_IND = Y. Ensure that
ITEM_MASTER.DEPT/ITEM_MASTER.CLASS/
ITEM_MASTER.SUBCLASS combination exists in SUBCLASS.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_1 (if not NULL) is a valid
DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_2 (if not NULL) is a valid
DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_3 (if not NULL) is a valid
DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§
Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.DIFF_4 (if not NULL) is a valid
DIFF_IDS.DIFF_ID
or DIFF_GROUP_HEAD.DIFF_GROUP_ID.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.PACKAGE_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = RTLT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_TEMP (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HTMP.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.HANDLING_SENSITIVITY (if not NULL) is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = HSEN.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PACKID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the pack item. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
DIFF_ 1 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style (for example, stone-washed). Valid values are found in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_ 2 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style. Valid values are found in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style. Valid values are found in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_4 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style. Valid values are found in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_4 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 that is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 6. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 5 that is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 6 that is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are in the SUBCLASS field in the SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
PACK_DESCRIPTION |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the pack item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PACK_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the pack item. Default = First 120 characters of pack_desc |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
PACK_SECONDARY_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Null if pack_type = Buyer; otherwise NOT NULL. Cost zone group associated with the item. This field is only required when elc_ind (landed cost indicator) is set to Y in the system_options table. |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
NUMBER(4) |
PACKAGE_SIZE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Size of the product printed on any packaging (for example, 24 ounces). This field is used for reporting purposes, as well as by Retail Price Management to determine same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_ |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PACKAGE_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Unit of measure associated with the package size. This field is used for reporting purposes, and by Retail Price Management to determine same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_ |
VARCHAR2(4) |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Unit type in which products shipped from the warehouses to
the stores must be specified. Valid values are: I - Inner E - Eaches Default = E |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
VARCHAR2(1) |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Manufacturer’s recommended retail price for the item. Used for information only. Must be in the primary currency. Null if sellable_ind = N |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Any special label type associated with an item (for example, pre-priced or cents off). This field is used for reporting purposes only. Values for this field are defined by the RTLT code on code detail. Null if sellable_ind = N |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
The value associated with the retail label type. Null if sellable_ind = N |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
NUMBER(20,4) |
HANDLING_TEMP |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Temperature information associated with the item. Valid values for this field are in the code type HTMP in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_TEMP |
VARCHAR2(6) |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Sensitivity information associated with the item. Valid values for this field are in the code type HSEN in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the item should be weighed when it arrives at a location. Valid values for this field are Y and N. |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the pack item contains all the same items within (simple) or the pack item has different items (complex). Valid values are Y or N. |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SELLABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the pack item is sellable to a customer. |
SELLABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PACK_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether the pack item is a vendor pack or a buyer pack. Valid values are: B - Buyer V - Vendor Required (V or B) for a complex pack: V for a simple pack. B for a buyer pack that is either “Assembled as a pack after receipt and ordered as individual items,” or “Vendor pack,” where the pack is ordered. |
PACK_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ORDER_AS_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether a pack item is receivable at the component level or at the pack level (for a buyer pack only). This field is required if the pack item is an orderable buyer pack. This field must be NULL if the pack is sellable only or a vendor pack. Valid values are: E - Eaches (component level) P - Pack (buyer pack only) Identifies whether a buyer pack should be ordered as the components of the pack (E), or the pack item should be ordered (P). For example, pack A contains 6 of item B and 6 of item C. If this field is P, the order would be placed for item A. If this field is E, when ordering 1 unit of A, the supplier would actually receive the order for 6 B items and 6 C items. |
ORDER_AS_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PACK_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Any comments associated with the pack item |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2 |
CATCH_WEIGHT_ORDER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
How catch weight items are ordered. Valid values are in the code_detail table with a code type ORDT. Not NULL if catch_weight_ind = Y |
ORDER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CATCH_WEIGHT_SALE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Method for selling catch weight items in store locations. Valid values are in the code_detail table with a code type STYP. Null if non-sellable. |
SALE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This is to indicate that the pack item should post the transaction at component level in SIM. Valid values for this field are Y, N. Default value is N (if NULL in External Table). |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This indicates to show the stock on hand at pack level in down stream applications when it is called in POS from SIM. Valid values for this field are Y, N. If field value is Y then the notional_pack_ind also should be Y. Default value is N (if NULL in External Table). |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
File name: DC_sellable_pack.DAT
This file contains all sellable packs that are non-orderable. These packs can only be complex packs in RMS.
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_sellable_pack_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_sellable_pack
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_packs.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_MASTER where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL and ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = Y and ITEM_MASTER.ORDERABLE_IND = N, and compare to flat file DC_SELLABLE_PACK.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PACKID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Unique identifier of the pack item |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
DIFF_ 1 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style (for example, stone-washed). Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_1 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_ 2 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_2 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_3 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_3 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
DIFF_4 |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
N |
ID of the differentiator that differentiates the SKU from its Style. Valid values are in the diff_group and diff_ids tables. |
DIFF_4 |
VARCHAR2(10) |
MERCH_HIER_4 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 4 that is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 6. Valid values are in the DEPT field in the DEPS table in RMS. |
DEPT |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_5 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 5 that is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 4. Valid values are in the CLASS field in the CLASS table in RMS. |
CLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
MERCH_HIER_6 |
Integer |
4 |
Y |
Identifier of the merchandise hierarchy level 6 that is a member of merchandise hierarchy level 5. Valid values are in the SUBCLASS field in the SUBCLASS table in RMS. |
SUBCLASS |
NUMBER(4) |
PACK_DESCRIPTION |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the pack item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PACK_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Short description of the pack item. Default = First 120 char of pack_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
PACK_SECONDARY_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PACKAGE_SIZE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Size of the product printed on any packaging (for example, 24 ounces). This field is used for reporting purposes, as well as by RPM to determine same-sized and different-sized items. |
PACKAGE_ |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PACKAGE_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Unit of measure associated with the package size. This field is used for reporting purposes, and by RPM to determine same sized and different sized items. |
PACKAGE_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Manufacturer’s recommended retail price for the item. Used for information only. Needs to be in the primary currency. Null if sellable_ind = N |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Any special label type associated with an item (for example, pre-priced or cents off). This field is used for reporting purposes only. Values for this field are defined by the RTLT code on code detail. Null if sellable_ind = N |
RETAIL_LABEL_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Value associated with the retail label type. Null if sellable_ind = N |
RETAIL_LABEL_VALUE |
NUMBER(20,4) |
HANDLING_TEMP |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Temperature information associated with the item. Valid values for this field are in the code type HTMP in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_TEMP |
VARCHAR2(6) |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Sensitivity information associated with the item. Valid values for this field are in the code type HSEN in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
HANDLING_SENSITIVITY |
VARCHAR2(6) |
UNIT_RETAIL |
Numeric |
20,4 |
Y |
Item’s current unit retail in the system’s primary currency. |
UNIT_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
PACK_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments related to the pack item. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
PERISHABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
A grocery item attribute used to indicate whether an item is perishable or not. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This is to indicate that the pack item should post the transaction at pack level in SIM. If this indicator is checked in RMS, SIM will track pack item at the pack level. If the indicator is not checked in RMS, SIM will store inventory at the component level. |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This indicates to show the stock on hand at pack level in downstream applications when it is called in POS from SIM. |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This Column contains item combinability codes (with code type PCLA) which provide a way to define which items can be combined (packed or boxed) together and communicate the same to WMS. |
PRODUCT_CLASSIFICATION |
VARCHAR2(6) |
BRAND_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
This is used to associate a brand to an item. |
BRAND_NAME |
VARCHAR2(30) |
File name: DC_PACK_COMPONENT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PACK_COMPONENT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_pack_component
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_packs.ksh):
§ Capture counts from PACK_ITEM and compare to flat file DC_PACK_COMPONENT.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that PACK_ITEM.PACK_NO is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.PACK_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that PACK_ITEM.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PACK_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the pack item. |
PACK_NO |
VARCHAR2(25) |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the item contained in the pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
ITEM_QTY |
Alpha-numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Quantity of the item within the pack. |
PACK_ITEM_QTY |
NUMBER(12,4) |
Note: If any records are in the BAD or DISCARD file, the RMS table must be truncated the entire file must be rerun. No new records within a sequence group can be added to the RMS table through the scripts.
File name: DC_pack_xref.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_pack_xref_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_pack_xref
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_packs.ksh):
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM is unique.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT (if not NULL) is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = item level of the child less 1.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = UPCT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.FORMAT_ID and ITEM_MASTER.PREFIX are not NULL if ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE = VPLU.
§ Ensure that ITEM_MASTER.FORMAT_ID is a valid VAR_UPC_EAN.FORMAT_ID if ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE = VPLU.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
XREF_PACK |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID that uniquely identifies the scanning barcode associated with a product. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Description of the item. |
ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
XREF_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Default = 120 char of xref_desc. |
SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
XREF_SECOND_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Secondary description of the SKU for Yomi requirement. |
ITEM_DESC_SECONDARY |
VARCHAR2(250) |
PACK_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Pack item associated with the xref item. |
ITEM_PARENT |
VARCHAR2(25) |
XREF_COMMENTS |
Alpha-numeric |
2000 |
N |
Comments attached to the xref item. |
COMMENTS |
VARCHAR2(2000) |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
There can be many xref items for a pack item; this indicates whether this is the primary xref item. Default = N |
PRIMARY_REF_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Code specifying what type the xref_PACK is. Valid values for this field are in the code type UPCT in the code_head and code_detail tables. |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
VAR_WGT_PLU_FORMAT |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Format ID that corresponds to the item’s variable UPC. This value is only used for items with variable UPCs. |
FORMAT_ID |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VAR_WGT_PLU_PREFIX |
Integer |
2 |
N |
Prefix for variable weight UPCs. The prefix determines the format of the eventual UPC and is used to decode variable weight UPCs that are uploaded from the POS. |
PREFIX |
NUMBER(2) |
File name: DC_pack_COMPONENT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_ CREATE_PACK_COMPONENT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_pack_ COMPONENT
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
PACK_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the pack item |
PACK_NO |
VARCHAR2(25) |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the Item contained in the Pack |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
ITEM_QTY |
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Quantity of the Item within the pack |
PACK_ITEM_QTY |
NUMBER(12,4) |
This ksh script is called by the Master Script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create the external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from the external Oracle tables to the RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c) this script loads the data.
The dc_load_packs.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_orderable_pack external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_orderable_pack to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substrb 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
MFG_REC_RETAIL |
NA |
Ensure that sellable_ind = Y, otherwise NULL |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
|
Ensure that orderable_ind = Y and pack_type != B, otherwise null |
STANDARD_UOM |
EA |
NA |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
NA |
If NULL, E
|
ORDERABLE_IND |
Y |
NA |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
PACK_TYPE |
NA |
Ensure V if simple pack |
ORDER_AS_TYPE |
NA |
Ensure pack_type = B and simple_pack_ind = N, otherwise null. |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
Y |
NA |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
NA |
FORECAST_IND |
N |
NA |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
NOTIONAL_PACK_IND |
N |
If NULL in External Table. |
SOH_INQUIRY_AT_PACK_ |
N |
If NULL in External Table. |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_orderable_pack.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_sellable_pack external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_sellable_pack to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_NUMBER_TYPE |
ITEM |
NA |
ITEM_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
Rtrim/substrb 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
COST_ZONE_GROUP_ID |
NULL |
Always non-orderable |
STANDARD_UOM |
EA |
NA |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
E |
NA |
ORDERABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
INVENTORY_IND |
Y |
NA |
PACK_TYPE |
NULL |
Always non-orderable |
ORDER_AS_TYPE |
NULL |
Always non-orderable |
ITEM_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_1_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_2_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_3_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
DIFF_4_AGGREGATE_IND |
N |
NA |
PRIMARY_REF_ITEM_IND |
N |
NA |
CONST_DIMEN_IND |
N |
NA |
GIFT_WRAP_IND |
N |
NA |
SHIP_ALONE_IND |
N |
NA |
ITEM_XFORM_IND |
N |
NA |
PACK_IND |
Y |
NA |
SIMPLE_PACK_IND |
N |
Always non-orderable |
CATCH_WEIGHT_IND |
N |
Always non-orderable |
ORDER_TYPE |
NULL |
Not catch weight |
SALE_TYPE |
NULL |
Not catch weight |
MERCHANDISE_IND |
Y |
NA |
FORECAST_IND |
N |
NA |
CONTAINS_INNER_IND |
N |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_sellable_pack.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_pack_component external tables and inserts the data to the RMS packitem and packitem_breakout tables.
Because inner packs are not supported as part of the data conversion toolset, the RMS tables PACKITEM and PACKITEM_BREAKOUT have the same data after loading.
Note: If the loading of DC_PACK_COMPONENT results in any bad data, the PACKITEM and PACKITEM_BREAKOUT tables should be truncated. The bad data should be fixed in the original data file and loaded again. This ensures that the correct seq_no is generated and inserted into RMS tables.
It is assumed that all component items in the DC_PACK_COMPONENT table have been loaded as approved items with data in the ITEM_MASTER and ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY tables, and that the components for each of the packs in DC_SELLABLE_PACK and DC_ORDERABLE_PACK are included in this table. If not, the data will be inconsistent.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above directly map to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_PACK_COMPONENT to PACKITEM and PACKITEM_BREAKOUTColumn Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
SEQ_NO |
|
Seq_no + 1 for each unique item, use analytic function row_number(). |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_pack_component.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_pack_xref and dc_pack external tables and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_MASTER table.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above directly map to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_pack_XREF and dc_pack to ITEM_MASTER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_LEVEL |
2 |
NA |
TRAN_LEVEL |
1 |
NA |
SHORT_DESC |
substr 120 characters from ITEM_DESC |
If NULL |
DESC_UP |
Upper ITEM_DESC |
NA |
STATUS |
A |
NA |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
PERISHABLE_IND |
N |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_pack_xref.dat
This function inserts the 0 tran_type, 0 reason, 0 location record into the RMS price_hist table only for sellable non-orderable packs. (All other items have this record inserted with the item_supplier load script). It retrieves the items from the DC_SELLABLE_PACK table. For each item, it calls the PACKITEM_ADD_SQL.BUILD_COMP_COST_RETAIL function to retrieve the unit_cost and unit_retail in the primary currency. It uses these values for the 0 record in price_hist for the unit_cost and unit_retail.
The pack’s UNIT_COST and UNIT_RETAIL are determined from the pack components. It is assumed that all component items in the DC_PACK_COMPONENT table have been loaded as approved items with data in the ITEM_MASTER and ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY tables, and that the components for each of the packs in DC_SELLABLE_PACK are included in this table. If not, the data will be inconsistent.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_SELLABLE_PACK to PRICE_HIST Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ACTION_DATE |
VDATE |
NA |
TRAN_TYPE |
0 |
NA |
LOC |
0 |
NA |
REASON |
0 |
NA |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL |
Unit_retail |
NA |
SELLING_UOM |
EA |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_sellable_pack.dat
This function selects from the DC_sellable_pack external table and joins with rpm_merch_retail_def to insert data to the rpm_item_zone_price table.
This function retrieves the regular zone group id for the department of the items in
the DC_SELLABLE_PACK table, and joins with the RPM_MERCH_RETAIL_DEF_EXPL view
to get the regular RPM GROUP_ZONE_ID for the item’s department/class/
subclass. It performs a bulk collect of this data and loops through the results
to insert into the rpm_item_zone_price
table. For the insert/select, it joins DC_SELLABLE_PACK for each item and the
RPM_ZONE for the department’s ZONE_GROUP_ID.
The function retrieves the primary currency from SYSTEM_OPTIONS table. If the zone currency and the primary currency are different, UNIT_RETAIL is converted to the zone currency. The following table indicates the data retrieved for value insert.
DC_SELLABLE_PACK to RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_ZONE_PRICE_ID |
Use sequence |
NA |
ITEM |
Dc_sellable_pack.item |
NA |
ZONE_ID |
Rpm_zone.zone_id |
For the department zone_group_id |
STANDARD_RETAIL |
Dc_sellable_pack.unit_retail |
NA |
STANDARD_ RETAIL_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
STANDARD_UOM |
EA |
NA |
SELLING_RETAIL |
Dc_sellable_pack.unit_retail |
NA |
SELLING_ RETAIL_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
SELLING_UOM |
EA |
NA |
MULTI_UNIT_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
Required file to load: dc_sellable_pack.dat
This function inserts item defaults from the merchandise hierarchy specifications for UDAs, VAT (if the default_tax_type != GTAX) and for ITEM CHARGES (non-buyer packs only).
This retrieves the ITEM, DEPT, CLASS and SUBCLASS values from DC_ORDERBLE_PACK and DC_SELLABLE_PACK. It calls UDA_SQL.INSERT_DEFAULTS for both sellable and orderable packs. If the default_tax_type != GTAX (SVAT is used), then it calls VAT_SQL.DEFAULT_VAT_ITEM for both sellable and orderable packs.
This also retrieves SKU and dept information for non-buyer packs. Calls ITEM_CHARGE_SQL.DEFAULT_CHARGES.
Required files to load: dc_orderable_pack.dat, dc_sellable_pack.dat
This function updates the ITEM_MASTER table for those records that have been inserted by the LOAD_ORDERABLE_PACK function during the current run of DC_LOAD_PACKS.ksh.
The update to the ITEM_MASTER table takes place in the CATCH_WEIGHT_TYPE column when a catch weight simple pack is created in RMS. The updated value is 2 or 4 for simple pack catch weight items (or NULL for other items), depending on the sale type and STANDARD_UOM of the component item at the time of approval.
Updates occur for items inserted in Approved status, and where CATCH_WEIGHT_IND=Y, SIMPLE_PACK_IND=Y, PACK_TYPE=V, and ORDER_TYPE=V.
Required
files to load:
dc_orderable_pack.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following tables, listed in the order in which they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_COUNTRY
§ ITEM_SUPPLIER
§ ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY
§ ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY
§ ITEM_COST_HEAD
§ ITEM_COST_DETAIL
§ ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM
§ RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE
§ PRICE_HIST
The following programs are included in this functional area.
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_item_supplier.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
§ dbc_create_item_supplier_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_isc_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_ismc_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_isc_dim_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_price_hist_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_item_country_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_item_cost_head_tab.sql
§ dbc_create_item_cost_detail_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Item Supplier functional area:
Data Flow for the Item Supplier Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Item Supplier, you must complete data conversion for the following:
§ Fashion Items
§ Hardlines
§ Grocery Items
§ Pack Items
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_item_supplier.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_ITEM_SUPPLIER.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ITEM_SUPPLIER_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_supplier
Note: DC_ITEM_SUPPLIER must have a row/record for every item level, including below-transaction level (reference items).
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_SUPPLIER and compare to flat file DC_ITEM_SUPPLIER.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.SUPPLIER is a valid SUPS.SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.PALLET_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = PALN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.PALLET_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = PALN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.PALLET_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = PALN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.CASE_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = CASN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.INNER_NAME is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = INRN.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the SKU. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
PALLET_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Code referencing the name used to refer to the pallet. Valid codes are defined in the PALN code type. Examples are flat, pallet. Default from System Options. |
PALLET_NAME |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CASE_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Code referencing the name used to refer to the case. Valid codes are defined in the CASN code type. Examples are pack, box, and bag. Default from System Options. |
CASE_NAME |
VARCHAR2(6) |
INNER_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Code referencing the name used to refer to the inner. Valid codes are defined in the INRN code type. Examples are sub-case, sub-pack. Default from System Options. |
INNER_NAME |
VARCHAR2(6) |
DIRECT_SHIP_IND
|
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether any item associated with this supplier is eligible for a direct shipment from the supplier to the customer. Default = N |
DIRECT_SHIP_IND
|
VARCHAR2(1) |
VPN |
Alpha-numeric |
30 |
N |
Vendor product number associated with the SKU. |
VPN |
VARCHAR2(30) |
CONCESSION_RATE
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Margin that the supplier receives on sale of the item. If the SKU is a concession item, this field is required. |
CONCESSION_RATE
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
SUPP_LABEL |
Alpha-numeric |
15 |
N |
Supplier label. This field can only have a value if the item is a style. |
SUPP_LABEL |
VARCHAR2(15) |
CONSIGNMENT_RATE
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Consignment rate for this item for the supplier. If the item is a consignment item, this field is required. |
CONSIGNMENT_RATE
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
PRIMARY_SUPP_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this supplier is the primary supplier for the item. Each item can have only one primary supplier. Valid values are Y and N. Lowest Supplier ID = Y, otherwise default = N. Note: This column must either be populated for all records or NULL for all records. |
PRIMARY_SUPP_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
Note: If a record is in the BAD or DISCARD file and the primary_supp_ind is NULL in the file, then the record must be populated with N to be loaded, or the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun.
File name: DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ISC_TAB.SQL– The SQL script is called by the
external Oracle table created: DC_item_supp_country
Note: The DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY table must have rows/records for item levels that are transaction level or above. There should not be any data for below-transaction-level items.
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY and will create the DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY oracle external table.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPPLIER.SUPPLIER is a valid SUPS.SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.ITEM/ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.SUPPLIER combination exists on ITEM_SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.PACKING_METHOD is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_TYPE = PKMT
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock Keeping Unit |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the SKU |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID
|
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
ID of the country where the item is sourced i.e. the country where the supplier is based |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID
|
VARCHAR2(3) |
UNIT_COST
|
Numeric |
20,4 |
Y |
This field contains the current corporate unit cost for the SKU from the supplier/origin country. This field is stored in the supplier's currency. |
UNIT_COST
|
NUMBER(20,4) |
SUPP_PACK_SIZE
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
This field contains the quantity that orders must be placed in multiples of for the supplier for the item. |
SUPP_PACK_SIZE
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
INNER_PACK_SIZE
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
This field contains the break pack size for this item from the supplier. |
INNER_PACK_SIZE
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
ROUND_LVL
|
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This column will be used to determine how order quantities will be rounded to Case, Layer and Pallet. Valid values are: § C § L § P § Cl § LP § CLP Default from System Options. |
ROUND_LVL
|
VARCHAR2(6) |
ROUND_TO_INNER_PCT
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This column will hold the Inner Rounding Threshold value. During rounding, this value is used to determine whether to round partial Inner quantities up or down. If the Inner-fraction in question is less than the Threshold proportion, it is rounded down; if not, it is rounded up. For instance, with an Inner size of 10 and a Threshold of 80%, Inner quantities such as 18, 29 and 8 would be rounded up to 20, 30 and 10 respectively, while quantities of 12, 27 and 35 would be rounded down to 10, 20 and 30 respectively. Quantities are never rounded down to zero; a quantity of 7, in the example above, would be rounded up to 10. This column will be maintained simply for the purpose of defaulting to the Item/Supplier/Country/Location level. Default from System Options. |
ROUND_TO_INNER_PCT
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
ROUND_TO_CASE_PCT
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This column will hold the Case Rounding Threshold value.
During rounding, this value is used to determine whether to round partial
Case quantities up or down. If the Case-fraction in question is less than the
Threshold proportion, it is rounded down; if not, it is rounded up. For
instance, with an Case size of 10 and a Threshold of 80%, Case quantities
such as 18, 29 and 8 would be rounded up to 20, 30 and 10 respectively, while
quantities of 12, 27 and 35 would be rounded down to 10, 20 and 30
respectively. Quantities are never rounded down to zero; a quantity of 7, in
the example above, would be rounded up to 10. This column will be maintained
simply for the purpose of defaulting to the Item/Supplier/Country/ Default from System Options. |
ROUND_TO_CASE_PCT
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
ROUND_TO_LAYER_PCT
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This column will hold the Layer Rounding Threshold value. During rounding, this value is used to determine whether to round partial Layer quantities up or down. If the Layer-fraction in question is less than the Threshold proportion, it is rounded down; if not, it is rounded up. Default from System Options. |
ROUND_TO_LAYER_PCT
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
ROUND_TO_PALLET_PCT
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This column will hold the Pallet Rounding Threshold value.
During rounding, this value is used to determine whether to round partial
Pallet quantities up or down. If the Pallet -fraction in question is less
than the Threshold proportion, it is rounded down; if not, it is rounded up.
For instance, with an Pallet size of 10 and a Threshold of 80%, Pallet
quantities such as 18, 29 and 8 would be rounded up to 20, 30 and 10 respectively,
while quantities of 12, 27 and 35 would be rounded down to 10, 20 and 30
respectively. Quantities are never rounded down to zero; a quantity of 7, in
the example above, would be rounded up to 10. This column will be maintained
simply for the purpose of defaulting to the Item/Supplier/Country/ Default from System Options. |
ROUND_TO_PALLET_PCT
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
MIN_ORDER_QTY |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This field contains the minimum allowable order quantity for the item from the supplier. This parameter is used for order quantity validations. |
MIN_ORDER_QTY |
NUMBER(12,4) |
MAX_ORDER_QTY |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This field contains the maximum allowable order quantity for the item from the supplier. This parameter is used for order quantity validations. |
MIN_ORDER_QTY |
NUMBER(12,4) |
PRIMARY_COUNTRY_IND
|
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
This field indicates whether this country is the primary country for the item/supplier. Each item/supplier combination must have one and only one primary country. Valid values are Y or N. First Alpha Country ID = Y otherwise Default = N This column must either be entered for All records, or Null for all records. |
PRIMARY_COUNTRY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
TI
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Number of shipping units (cases) that make up one tier of a pallet. Multiply TI x HI to get total number of units (cases) for a pallet. |
TI
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
HI
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
Y |
Number of tiers that make up a complete pallet (height). Multiply TI x HI to get total number of units (cases) for a pallet. |
HI
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
COST_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
A cost UOM is held to allow cost to be managed in a separate UOM to the standard UOM Default to standard UOM (item_master) |
COST_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
LEAD_TIME
|
Integer |
4 |
N |
This field contains the number of days that will elapse between the date an order is written and the delivery to the store or warehouse from the supplier. Default from SUPS |
LEAD_TIME
|
NUMBER(4) |
PACKING_METHOD
|
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This field indicates whether the packing method of the item in the container is Flat or Hanging. Values for this field are store in the PKMT code. Default from System Options |
PACKING_METHOD
|
VARCHAR2(6) |
DEFAULT_UOP
|
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Contains the default unit of purchase for the item/supplier/country. Valid values include: Standard Units of Measure C for Case P for Pallet Default = C |
DEFAULT_UOP
|
VARCHAR2(6) |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
This will hold the supplier negotiated item cost for the primary delivery country of the item. Once a location is associated with the item, the primary locations negotiated item cost will be stored in this field. |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
This will hold the extended base cost for the primary delivery country of the item. Once a location is associated with the item, the primary locations extended base cost will be stored in this field. Extended base cost is the cost inclusive of all the taxes that affect the WAC. In case of GTAX , Extended Base Cost = Base Cost + Non-recoverable taxes. In case of VAT, Extended Base Cost = Base Cost. |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
This will hold the inclusive cost for the primary delivery country of the item. Once a location is associated with the item, the primary locations inclusive cost will be stored in this field. This cost will have both the recoverable and non recoverable taxes included. In case of GTAX , Inclusive Cost = Base Cost + Non-recoverable taxes + Recoverable Taxes. In case of VAT, Inclusive Cost = Base Cost + VAT. |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
BASE_COST
|
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
This field will hold the tax exclusive cost of the item. |
BASE_COST
|
NUMBER(20,4) |
Note: If a record is in the BAD or DISCARD file and the primary_supp_ind is NULL in the file, then the record must be populated with N to be loaded, or the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun.
File name: DC_ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_ CREATE_ITEM_ISMC_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_supp_MANU_country
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY and compare to flat file DC_ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.SUPPLIER is a valid SUPS.SUPPLIER.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY.MANU_COUNTRY_ID is a valid COUNTRY.COUNTRY_ID.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock Keeping Unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the ITEM. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
MANU_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
ID of the country where the item is manufactured or originates. |
MANU_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
PRIMARY_MANU_CTRY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
This field indicates whether this country is the primary country of manufacture for the item/supplier. Each item/supplier combination must have one and only one primary country of manufacture. Valid values are Y or N. |
PRIMARY_MANU_CTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ISC_DIM_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_supp_country_dim
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§ Capture counts from ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM and compare to flat file DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§
Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.ITEM/SUPPLIER/
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID combination exists in ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.DIM_OBJECT is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = DIMO.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.PRESENTATION_METHOD is a valid CODE_DETAIL.CODE where CODE_DETAIL.CODE_TYPE = PCKT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.LWH_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS = DIMEN.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.WEIGHT_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS = MASS.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM.LIQUID_VOLUME_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM with UOM_CLASS.UOM_CLASS = LVOL.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the SKU. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID
|
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
ID of the country in which the item is manufactured or originates. |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID
|
VARCHAR2(3) |
DIM_OBJECT
|
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Type of dimension object being defined. Valid values exist in the code head/code details tables in RMS in code type DIMO: EA – Each IN – Inner CA – Case PA – Pallet The two-letter code should be included in the file. |
DIM_OBJECT
|
VARCHAR2(6) |
PRESENTATION_METHOD
|
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
How the product is presented. Valid values exist in the RMS code head/code details tables with code type PCKT. |
PRESENTATION_METHOD
|
VARCHAR2(6) |
LENGTH |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Length of the packaging used when defining volume. This field is not required but should be populated when the width, height, and LWH_UOM are defined. |
LENGTH |
NUMBER(12,4) |
WIDTH |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Width of the packaging used when defining volume. This field is not required but should be populated when the length, height, and LWH_UOM are defined. |
WIDTH |
NUMBER(12,4) |
HEIGHT
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Height of the packaging used when defining volume. This field is not required but should be populated when the length, width, and LWH_UOM are defined. |
HEIGHT
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
LWH_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Unit of measure that the length, height, and width values are defined in. This field is not required but should be populated when the length, width, and height are defined. Default from System Options. |
LWH_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
WEIGHT
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Gross weight of the product. This field is not required but should be populated in conjunction with the following values: NET_WEIGHT WEIGHT_UOM TARE_WEIGHT TARE_TYPE |
WEIGHT
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
NET_ WEIGHT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Net weight of the product. This field is not required but should be populated in conjunction with the following values: WEIGHT WEIGHT_UOM, TARE_WEIGHT TARE_TYPE |
NET_ WEIGHT
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
WEIGHT_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
UOM by which the weight, net weight, and tare weight are defined in. This field is not required but should be populated in conjunction with the following values: WEIGHT NET_WEIGHT TARE_WEIGHT TARE_TYPE Default from System Options. |
WEIGHT_UOM
|
VARCHAR2(4) |
LIQUID_VOLUME |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Liquid volume of the item. This field is not required, but
when used, should be used in conjunction with the LIQUID_VOLUME_ |
LIQUID_VOLUME
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
LIQUID_VOLUME_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Liquid volume unit of measure. |
LIQUID_VOLUME_UOM |
VARCHAR2(4) |
STAT_CUBE
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Dimensions of the statistical case. |
STAT_CUBE
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
TARE_WEIGHT
|
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Weight of the tare. This field is not required but should be populated in conjunction with the following values: WEIGHT NET_WEIGHT WEIGHT_UOM TARE_TYPE |
TARE_WEIGHT
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
TARE_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
Indicates whether the tare is considered wet or dry. Valid values are: D - Dry W - Wet This field is not required but should be populated in conjunction with the following values: WEIGHT NET_WEIGHT WEIGHT_UOM TARE_WEIGHT |
TARE_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
File name: DC_ITEM_COUNTRY.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE__COUNTRY_TAB.SQL
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_supplier.ksh and will create the DC_ITEM_COUNTRY oracle external table
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the item. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Contains the unique code that identifies the country. |
COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
Required file to load: dc_item_country.dat
File name: DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ITEM_COST_HEAD_TAB.SQL
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_supplier.ksh and will create the DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Number |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the SKU. |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country where the item will be sourced from by the supplier. |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
DELIVERY_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country to which the item will be delivered to. |
DELIVERY_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
PRIM_DLVY_CTRY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the country is the primary delivery country of the item. |
PRIM_DLVY_CTRY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
NIC_STATIC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the Negotiated Item Cost (NIC) is static or not. If NIC is static then the BASE COST of the item will vary based on the location/tax region. If NIC is not static then the NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST of the item will vary based on the location/tax region. |
NIC_STATIC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
BASE_COST |
Number |
20,4 |
Y |
This will hold the tax exclusive cost of the item. |
BASE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
Number |
20,4 |
Y |
This will hold the supplier negotiated item cost. |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
Number |
20,4 |
Y |
This will hold the extended base cost of the item. Extended base cost is the cost inclusive of all the taxes that affect the WAC. |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
Number |
20,4 |
Y |
This will hold the tax inclusive cost of the item. This includes all cost-related taxes - both the recoverable and non-recoverable taxes. |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
NUMBER(20,4) |
Required file to load: dc_item_cost_head.dat
File name: DC_ITEM_COST_DETAIL.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ITEM_COST_DETAIL_TAB.SQL
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_supplier.ksh and will create the DC_ITEM_COST_DETAIL oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SUPPLIER |
Number |
10 |
Y |
ID of the supplier that supplies the SKU |
SUPPLIER |
NUMBER(10) |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country from where the item was sourced. |
ORIGIN_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
DELIVERY_COUNTRY_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
3 |
Y |
Country to which the item will be delivered to. |
DELIVERY_COUNTRY_ID |
VARCHAR2(3) |
COND_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
10 |
Y |
The condition type applicable on the item's cost. Condition can be a tax code or an expense or a type of a cost of the item. |
COND_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(10) |
COND_VALUE |
Number |
20,4 |
N |
The condition value or tax amount per of the corresponding condition. |
COND_VALUE |
NUMBER(20,4) |
APPLIED_ON |
Number |
20,4 |
N |
The value on which given tax is applied. |
APPLIED_ON |
NUMBER(20,4) |
COMP_RATE |
Number |
20,10 |
N |
The rate of the condition applied. |
COMP_RATE |
NUMBER(20,10) |
Required file to load: dc_item-cost_detail.dat
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_item_supplier.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_supplier external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_supplier table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_SUPPLIER to ITEM_SUPPLIER Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
PRIMARY_SUPP_IND |
N |
If NULL Lowest Supplier ID = Y, otherwise default = N Use analytic function. Note: The table requires that all records contain primary_supp_ind information, or all records can have this indicator set to NULL. |
PALLET_NAME |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
CASE_NAME |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
INNER_NAME |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_item_supplier.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_supp_country external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_supp_country table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY to ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user id |
NA |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
NA |
PRIMARY_SUPP_IND |
from item_supplier |
NA |
PRIMARY_COUNTRY_IND |
N |
If NULL First Alpha Country ID = Y Otherwise Default = N Use analytic function. |
ROUND_LVL
|
from System Opt. |
If NULL. |
ROUND_TO_INNER_PCT
|
from System Opt |
If NULL |
ROUND_TO_CASE_PCT
|
from System Opt |
If NULL |
ROUND_TO_LAYER_PCT
|
from System Opt |
If NULL |
ROUND_TO_PALLET_PCT
|
from System Opt |
If NULL |
PACKING_METHOD
|
from System Opt |
If NULL |
DEFAULT_UOP
|
Case |
If NULL. |
LEAD_TIME
|
from Sups |
If NULL |
COST_UOM |
Standard uom from item_master |
If NULL |
CREATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
NA |
NEGOTIATED_ITEM_COST |
The value will be taken from DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD. |
NA |
EXTENDED_BASE_COST |
The value will be taken from DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD. |
NA |
INCLUSIVE_COST |
The value will be taken from DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD. |
NA |
BASE_COST |
The value will be taken from DC_ITEM_COST_HEAD. |
NA |
Required file to load: dc_item_supp_country.dat
This function should do the following:
Insert the following column values in ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY
§ item
§ supplier
§ manu_country_id
§ primary_manu_ctry_ind
This function selects from the DC_ ITEM_SUPP_MANU_COUNTRY external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_supp_manu_country table. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table. The function returns a Boolean value.
This function should do the following:
Insert the following columns into the item_country table:
§ item
§ country_id
This function selects from the dc_item_country external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_country table. It uses dc_item_country.item = item_master.item and dc_item_country.country_id = country.country_id to join the data to ensure that both the item and the country are valid. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table.
This function should do the following:
Insert the following columns into the item_cost_detail table:
§ item
§ supplier
§ origin_country_id
§ delivery_country_id
§ cond_type
§ cond_value
§ applied_on
§ comp_rate
This function selects from the dc_item_cost_head external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_cost_detail table. It uses dc_item_cost_detail.item = item_cost_head.item and dc_item_cost_detail.supplier = item_cost_head.supplier to join the data and to ensure that the parent entity ITEM_COST_HEAD exists. All the columns from the external oracle table defined above will directly map to the RMS table.
This function selects from the DC_PRICE_HIST external table and joins with ITEM_MASTER and RPM_MERCH_RETAIL_DEF to insert data to the RPM RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE table.
The function retrieves the regular zone group ID for the department of the items in the DC_PRICE_HIST table and joins data with the ITEM_MASTER and RPM_MERCH_RETAIL_DEF tables. It performs a bulk collect of this data and loops through the results to insert into the RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE table. For the insert/select, join DC_PRICE_HIST for each item and RPM_ZONE for the department’s ZONE_GROUP_ID.
The following table indicates the values retrieved for data insert. This function uses the primary currency from the SYSTEM_OPTIONS table. If the zone currency and the primary currency are different, the function converts the UNIT_RETAIL to the zone currency.
DC_PRICE_HIST to RPM_ITEM_ZONE_PRICE Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
ITEM_ZONE_PRICE_ID |
Use sequence |
N/A |
ITEM |
Dc_price_hist.item |
N/A |
ZONE_ID |
Rpm_zone.zone_id |
For the department zone_group_id |
STANDARD_RETAIL |
Dc_price_hist.unit_retail |
N/A |
STANDARD_ RETAIL_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
STANDARD_UOM |
Dc_price_hist.uom |
N/A |
SELLING_RETAIL |
Dc_price_hist.unit_retail |
N/A |
SELLING_ RETAIL_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
SELLING_UOM |
Dc_price_hist.uom |
N/A |
MULTI_UNIT_CURRENCY |
Rpm_zone.currency_code |
For the department zone_group_id |
Required file to load: dc_price_hist.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_supp_country_dim external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_supp_country_dim table.
Most of the columns from the external Oracle table listed above directly map to the RMS table. The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM to ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_DIM Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
N/A |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
N/A |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
N/A |
LWH_UOM |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
WEIGHT_UOM |
From SYSTEM_OPTIONS |
If NULL |
Required file to load: dc_item_supp_country_dim.dat
After using the data conversion toolset for Item Supplier, you must manually load the ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_BRACKET_COST table. This table is required if the supplier has bracket costing.
Manual data loading can be done online through Merchandising applications (RMS or RPM), or you can create scripts. Manual data loading is not included as part of this data conversion toolset. Check with your database administrator to determine the best approach for your data conversion needs.
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS/RPM tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ ITEM_LOC
§ ITEM_LOC_SOH
§ RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL
§ ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_LOC
§ FUTURE_COST
§ PRICE_HIST
Note: Only data with corresponding RMS ITEM_MASTER records are loaded. Additionally, only items with ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY data are loaded into the ITEM_SUPP_COUNTY_LOC table.
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. Refer to Chapter 2 for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_item_location.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create script dbc_create_item_loc_tab.sql.
§ External Oracle table create script dbc_create_item_loc_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Item Location functional area:
Data Flow for the Item Location Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Item Location, you must complete data conversion for Items and Item Supplier:
§ Fashion Items
§ Hardlines
§ Grocery Items
§ Pack Items
§ Item Supplier
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_load_item_location.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name, Data Type, and length define the physical external table.
File name: DC_ITEM_LOC.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_ITEM_LOC_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_loc
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_location.ksh):
§ Ensure that ITEM_SEASONS.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SEASONS.SEASON_ID/PHASE_ID combination exists in PHASES.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC_SOH.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL = ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.LOC is a valid V_LOCATION.LOCATION_ID with V_LOCATION.STOCKHOLDING_IND = Y.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC_SOH.ITEM/LOC combination exists on ITEM_LOC.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.ITEM_PARENT/ITEM)GRANDPARENT for the item are the same as ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT, ITEM_GRANDPARENT.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.SELLING_UOM is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.PROMO_SELLING_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.MULTI_SELLING_UOM (if not NULL) is a valid UOM_CLASS.UOM.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.SOURCE_WH is a valid WH.WH where STOCKHOLDING_IND = Y if ITEM_LOC.SOURCE_METHOD = W.
§ Ensure that ITEM_LOC.PRIMARY_COST_PACK (if not NULL) is valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM with ITEM_MASTER.SIMPLE_PACK_IND = Y and that the ITEM_LOC.ITEM = PACKITEM.ITEM when ITEM_LOC.PRIMARY_COST_PACK = PACKITEM.PACK_NO.
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
||||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
SKU |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Contains the unique identifier for the Stock Keeping Unit (item, product, article) |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
LOCATION |
Integer |
10 |
Y |
Contains the identifier for the store, warehouse, or external finisher. |
LOCATION |
NUMBER(10) |
LOC_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Defines the type of location. Valid values are: S – store W – warehouse E – external finisher |
LOC_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PRIMARY_LOC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Note: Not in the RMS table. This is needed for inserting into item_supp_country_loc. Populate for all item_locs or leave NULL for all item_locs Valid values are Y (to indicate this is the primary location used for inserted into item_supp_country_loc) and N (not the primary location). |
PRIMARY_LOC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL
|
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
Contains the current selling unit retail for the item/location. This value should contain the current regular unit retail or clearance unit retail but should not reflect any promotional retails. This field is required for sellable items, but not required for non-sellable items. This should be in location currency. |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL
|
NUMBER(20,4) |
SELLING_UOM
|
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Contains the unit of measure that the current selling unit retail is defined in. Value values must exist in the RMS UOM_CLASS table and a conversion must exist between the item’s standard UOM and the selling UOM. To convert between UOMs in different UOM classes Case type dimensions must be defined at the item/supp/country level for the UOM. This field is required for sellable items, but not required for non-sellable items. |
SELLING_UOM
|
VARCHAR2(4) |
TAXABLE_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates if the item is taxable at a store location. Defaults to N when NULL. Any value passed in will be overwritten with an N value for warehouse locations. |
TAXABLE_IND
|
VARCHAR2(1) |
LOCAL_SKU_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
N |
May contain a location specific description for the item which differs from the item’s primary description. |
LOCAL_ITEM_DESC |
VARCHAR2(250) |
LOCAL_SHORT_DESC |
Alpha-numeric |
120 |
N |
Contains a shortened location specific description for the item. This field may be used by Point of Sale systems or other systems where display space is limited. This value is defaulted to 120 characters of the local_item_desc when NULL. |
LOCAL_SHORT_DESC |
VARCHAR2(120) |
TI |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Contains the number of cartons on a layer of a pallet for the item/location (tiers). |
TI |
NUMBER(12,4) |
HI |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Contains the number of layers on a pallet for the item/location (height). |
HI |
NUMBER(12,4) |
STORE_ORD_MULT |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
This column contains the case pack multiple in which this item needs to be shipped from a warehouse to the location. |
STORE_ORD_MULT
|
VARCHAR2(1) |
TICKET_MEAS_OF_EACH |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Contains the size of an each in terms of the ticketing UOM. For example 12 oz. This value is used in ticketing only. |
MEAS_OF_EACH |
NUMBER(12,4) |
TICKET_MEAS_OF_PRICE |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Size to be used on the ticket in terms of the ticketing UOM. For example, to have a ticket label print the price per ounce this value would be 1. To show the price per 100 grams this value would be 100. This value is used in ticketing only. |
MEAS_OF_PRICE
|
NUMBER(12,4) |
TICKET_UOM |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
Unit of measure that will be used on tickets for this item. This value is used in conjunction with the ticket measure of each and ticket measure of price fields. |
UOM_OF_PRICE |
VARCHAR2(4) |
PRIMARY_COST_PACK |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
N |
This field contains an item number that is a simple pack containing the item in the item column for this record. If populated, the cost of the future cost table will be driven from the simple pack and the deals and cost changes for the simple pack. |
PRIMARY_COST_PACK |
VARCHAR2(25) |
INBOUND_HANDLING_DAYS
|
Integer |
2 |
N |
Indicates the number of days required to put away or cross dock an item at a warehouse. This value is used for warehouse locations only. |
INBOUND_HANDLING_DAYS
|
NUMBER(2) |
SOURCE_WH
|
Integer |
10 |
N |
Required if SOURCE_METHOD = W; null otherwise. This value is used when doing manual store-level replenishment using the inventory request APIs. |
SOURCE_WH
|
NUMBER(10) |
SOURCE_METHOD |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Valid values are W (warehouse) or S (supplier). Indicates how inventory for this item is sourced to a store when doing manual store-level replenishment using the inventory request APIs. |
SOURCE_METHOD
|
VARCHAR2(1) |
MULT_UNITS |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
If multi-unit pricing is currently being used for this item/location this field will contain the number of qualifying units. For example, if the item is multi-priced as 3 for $25 this field will contain the 3. |
MULT_UNITS |
NUMBER(12,4) |
MULTI_UNIT_RETAIL
|
Numeric |
20,4 |
N |
If multi-unit pricing is currently being used for this item/location this field will contain the multi-retail price. For example, if the item is multi-priced as 3 for $25 this field will contain the $25. This should be in location currency. |
MULTI_UNIT_RETAIL
|
NUMBER(20,4) |
MULTI_SELLING_UOM
|
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
N |
If multi-unit pricing is currently being used for this item/location this field will contain the unit of measure that the multi-unit retail is defined in terms of. |
MULTI_SELLING_UOM
|
VARCHAR2(4) |
AVERAGE_WEIGHT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
This defines the nominal weight for a simple pack catch weight item. Required for a simple pack catch weight item. Null for all others. |
AVERAGE_WEIGHT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
UIN_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This column will contain the unique identification number (UIN) used to identify the instances of the item at the location. |
UIN_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
UIN_LABEL |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This column will contain the label for the UIN when displayed in SIM. |
UIN_LABEL |
VARCHAR2(6) |
CAPTURE_TIME |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
N |
This column indicates when the UIN should be captured for an item during transaction processing. |
CAPTURE_TIME |
VARCHAR2(6) |
EXT_UIN_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Yes/No indicator to indicate whether UIN is being generated in the external system. |
EXT_UIN_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_PRICE_HIST.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PRICE_HIST_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_price_hist
Note: The DC_price_hist table must have rows/records for item levels that are transaction level or above. There cannot be any data for below-transaction-level items.
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_supplier.ksh):
§ Capture counts from PRICE_HIST where PRICE_HIST.TRAN_TYPE = 0 and PRICE_HIST.REASON = 0 and PRICE_HIST.LOC = 0, and compare to flat file DC_PRIC_HIST.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
§ Ensure that PRICE_HIST.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM.MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
ID of the stock keeping unit. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
UNIT_ |
Numeric |
20,4 |
Y |
Item’s current unit retail in the system’s primary currency. |
UNIT_RETAIL |
NUMBER(20,4) |
SELLING_
|
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Item’s current selling unit of measure for the item. |
SELLING_UOM
|
VARCHAR2(4) |
Required file to load: dc_item-cost_detail.dat
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh and serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create the external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from the external Oracle tables to the RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_item_location.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_loc external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_loc table. It joins the external table with a virtual table that is a union of store and warehouse, so that only stockholding warehouses are included. This function performs two inserts, as follows:
§ The primary supplier and primary country fields are populated if the item is orderable. First, it populates the RMS item_loc table with the values from DC_ITEM_LOC joined with a virtual table that selects the primary supplier and the supplier’s primary country for the item from the item_supp_country table. Also, it joins the table with item_master to get the order_as_type value for the receive_as_type column. This is populated only for buyer packs.
§ For the sellable only items, there is no primary supplier or primary country. This is done by limiting the insert to items that do not exist in the RMS item_supp_country table.
The following table defines the default value in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_item_loc to ITEM_loc Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user id |
N/A |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
N/A |
TAXABLE_IND |
N |
If NULL |
CLEAR_IND |
N |
N/A |
STORE_PRICE_IND |
N |
N/A |
RPM_IND |
N |
N/A |
LOCAL_SHORT_DESC |
rtrim of substrb 120 char of local_item_desc. ITEM_MASTER.SHORT_DESC when local_item_desc is null |
If NULL |
REGULAR_UNIT_RETAIL |
selling_unit_retail |
N/A |
UNIT_RETAIL |
selling_unit_retail |
N/A |
CREATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
N/A |
STATUS_UPDATE_DATE |
Sysdate |
N/A |
STATUS |
A |
N/A |
LOCAL_ITEM_DESC |
Default to ITEM_DESC |
It will be populated with ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_DESC when it is null |
RECEIVE_AS_TYPE |
ITEM_MASTER.ORDER_AS_TYPE |
If item is a buyer pack, pack_type = B and if the location is a warehouse, loc_type = W |
ITEM_PARENT |
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT |
N/A |
ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
N/A |
Required file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_loc external table and inserts the data to the RMS ITEM_loc_SOH table. It joins the external Oracle table with a virtual table that is a union of store and warehouse, so that only stockholding warehouses are included. It joins the external table with item_master to insert only transactional items (item_level = tran_level). This function performs two inserts, as follows:
§ It joins with RMS item_supp_country and sups tables to get the unit_cost and supplier currency, to convert the unit_cost into location currency.
§ For sellable only items, it does not join with the RMS item_supp_country and sups tables. It creates an insert statement that excludes items that exist in item_supp_country and sets unit_cost to NULL.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_item_loc to ITEM_loc_soh Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user id |
N/A |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
N/A |
CREATE_DATETIME |
Sysdate |
N/A |
STOCK_ON_HAND |
0 |
N/A |
IN_TRANSIT_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_INTRAN |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_SOH |
0 |
N/A |
TSF_RESERVED_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_RESV |
0 |
N/A |
TSF_EXPECTED_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_EXP |
0 |
N/A |
RTV_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
NON_SELLABLE_QTY |
0 |
N/A |
CUSTOMER_RESV |
0 |
N/A |
CUSTOMER _BACKORDER |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_CUST_RESV |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_CUST_BACK |
0 |
N/A |
PACK_COMP_ NON_SELLABLE |
0 |
N/A |
ITEM_PARENT |
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_PARENT |
N/A |
ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_GRANDPARENT |
N/A |
AV_COST |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.unit_cost of the primary supplier/primary country converted to location currency |
N/A |
PRIMARY_SUPP |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.supplier with primary_supp_ind = Y for item |
N/A |
PRIMARY_CTRY |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY.origin_country_id with primary_supp_ind = Y and primary_country_ind = Y for item |
N/A |
AVERAGE_WEIGHT |
NULL |
Only defined if item is a simple pack catch weight item. |
Required file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_loc external table and inserts the data into the RPM rpm_future_retail table.
Many of the columns from the external Oracle table defined above map directly to the RPM table. The exception is to retrieve dept, class, and subclass values for each item from the item_master table. The currency code is retrieved from the store or wh table, based on the location and the location type.
The RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL table is loaded for sellable transaction level items only. Even though SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL and SELLING_UOM are not required fields in the DC_ITEM_LOC table, they are required for sellable items. Without the values, inserting into RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL table will fail.
Warehouse locations are conditionally inserted into the RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL table, based on the RPM system option RECOGNIZE_WH_AS_LOCATIONS. This uses one insert for stores and checks this system option before the insert for warehouses. Warehouses must be stockholding locations.
The following table defines the default values in the RPM table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_LOC to RPM_FUTURE_RETAIL Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
FUTURE_RETAIL_ID |
Sequence |
N/A |
MULTI_UNIT_RETAIL_ |
selling_unit_retail_ |
Populate if multi_unit_retail is NOT NULL |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL_ |
Lookup store or wh currency |
N/A |
ACTION_DATE |
Vdate |
N/A |
ZONE_NODE_TYPE |
If loc_type = ‘S’ then 0 If loc_type = ‘W’ then 2 |
N/A |
Required file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This function should do the following:
Insert the following column values in RPM_STAGE_ITEM_LOC:
§ stage_item_loc_id
§ item
§ loc
§ loc_type
§ selling_unit_retail
§ selling_uom
§ status
§ create_date
This function selects from the DC_ ITEM_LOC external table joined with the item_master table and inserts the data to the RPM rpm_stage_item_loc table.
Warehouse locations are conditionally inserted into RPM_STAGE_ITEM_LOC based on the RPM system option, RECOGNIZE_WH_AS_LOCATIONS. Use 1 insert for stores and check this system option before the insert for warehouses. Warehouse must be stockholding locations.
Required file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This function should do the following:
Insert the following column values in RMS ITEM_supp_country_loC:
§ item
§ supplier
§ origin_country_id
§ loc
§ loc_type
§ unit_cost
§ round_lvl
§ round_to_inner_pct
§ round_to_case_pct
§ round_to_layer_pct
§ round_to_pallet_pct
§ pickup_lead_time
§ create_datetime
§ last_update_id
§ last_update_datetime
§ negotiated_item_cost
§ extended_base_cost
§ inclusive_cost
§ base_cost
The DC_ ITEM_LOC external Oracle table is joined with the RMS item_supp_country table and with item_cost_head table to insert data into the RMS item_supp_country_loc table for the item’s primary supplier/primary country. The function also joins the external Oracle table with a virtual table that is a union of store and warehouse, so that only stockholding warehouses are included.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_LOC to ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY_LOC Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
N/A |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
N/A |
PICKUP_LEAD_TIME |
lead_time |
If NULL |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
N/A |
PRIMARY_LOC_IND |
|
If NULL, lowest loc ID = Y, otherwise default = N. Use analytic function. The table requires that all records contain primary_loc_ind information, or all records can have this indicator set to NULL. |
ROUND_LVL |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
ROUND_TO_INNER_PCT |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
ROUND_TO_CASE_PCT |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
ROUND_TO_LAYER_PCT |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
ROUND_TO_PALLET_PCT |
ITEM_SUPP_COUNTRY. |
N/A |
Required file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This function selects from the DC_ITEM_LOC external table, joined with the RMS item_supp_country_loc table, and inserts data into the RMS future_cost table for the item’s primary supplier/primary country. Data is inserted into the RMS_FUTURE_COST table for sellable items only.
This function uses the unit_cost from the RMS item_supp_country_loc table as the value for all the cost columns. It joins the external table with a virtual table that is a union of store and warehouse, so that only stockholding warehouses are included.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_item_loc to future_cost Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
ACTIVE_DATE |
vdate |
N/A |
START_IND |
Y |
N/A |
CALC_DATE |
vdate |
N/A |
Required file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
Insert the following column values in PRICE_HIST.
§ tran_type
§ reason
§ item
§ loc
§ loc_type
§ unit_cost
§ unit_retail
§ selling_unit_retail
§ selling_uom
§ action_date
§ multi_units
§ multi_unit_retail
§ multi_selling_uom
This function selects from the DC_ ITEM_LOC external table joined with PRICE_HIST for the item’s 0 loc record to insert the data to the RMS price_hist table for each item/location combination. The unit_cost is in the primary currency in the 0 PRICE_HIST record so it needs to be converted to local currency. Retrieve the currency_code from the store or wh table based on the location and the loc_type. Retrieve only stockholding warehouses.This function selects from the DC_ITEM_LOC external table, joined with the RMS price_hist table for the 0 tran_type, 0 reason, and 0 location record, to insert data into the RMS price_hist table for each item/location combination.
The unit_cost is already in the primary currency for the 0 PRICE_HIST record, so it must be converted to local currency. The function retrieves the currency_code from the RMS store or wh table, based on the location and the loc_type. It retrieves only stockholding warehouses. This function performs the following inserts:
§ The location currency (store/wh) is equal to the primary currency
§ The location currency is different from the primary currency, so it requires the conversion function to convert unit_cost.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_item_loc to price_hist Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
MULTI_SELLING_UOM |
selling_uom |
If NULL |
SELLING_UNIT_RETAIL |
unit_retail |
If NULL |
MULTI_UNIT_RETAIL |
unit_retail |
If NULL |
ACTION_DATE |
vdate |
N/A |
TRAN_TYPE |
0 |
N/A |
REASON |
0 |
N/A |
Required file to load: dc_item_loc.dat
This section describes data conversion for the following RMS tables, listed in the order that they must be loaded:
§ UDA_ITEM_LOV
§ UDA_ITEM_DATE
§ UDA_ITEM_FF
§ VAT_ITEM (only if the default_tax_type is not GTAX)
§ ITEM_SEASONS
§ ITEM_TICKET
The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, “Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH),” for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_item_other.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load scripts listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts:
– dbc_create_uda_item_lov.sql
– dbc_create_uda_item_date.sql
– dbc_create_uda_item_ff.sql
– dbc_create_vat_item.sql
– dbc_create_item_seasons.sql
– dbc_create_item_ticket.sql
– dbc_create_related_item_head.sql
– dbc_create_related_item_detail.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the Items–Others functional area:
Data Flow for the Items – Other Functional Area
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Item Others, you must complete data conversion for Items, Item Supplier, and Item Location:
§ Fashion Items
§ Hardlines
§ Grocery Items
§ Pack Items
§ Item Supplier
§ Item Location
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must created in the order listed.
The dc_load_item_other.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_uda_item_lov.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_uda_item_lov_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_uda_item_lov
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_LOV.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_LOV.UDA_ID/UDA_VALUE combination exists in UDA_VALUES.
§ Ensure that any UDA_ITEM_LOV.ITEM with a UDA_ITEM_LOV.UDA_ID where UDA.SINGE_VALUE_IND = Y has no other UDA_ITEM_LOV rows.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item associated with the user-defined attribute (UDA). Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
UDA_ID |
Integer |
5 |
Y |
UDA associated with the item, where the UDA is a list of values (UDA has a display_type of LV). Valid values come from the uda_id field in the dc_uda.dat file. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_VALUE |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
List of values value of the UDA. Valid values come from the uda_value field in the uda_values table in RMS for the UDA_ID in this file. |
UDA_VALUE |
NUMBER(3) |
File name: DC_uda_item_date.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_uda_item_date_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_uda_item_date
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DATE.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM, where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_DATE.UDA_ID is a valid UDA.UDA_ID with UDA.DISPLAY_TYPE of DT.
§ Ensure that any UDA_ITEM_DATE.ITEM with a UDA_ITEM_DATE.UDA_ID where UDA.SINGE_VALUE_IND = Y has no other UDA_ITEM_DATE rows.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item associated with UDA. Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
UDA_ID |
Integer |
5 |
Y |
User-defined attribute associated with the item, where the UDA is a date (UDA has a display_type of DT). Valid values come from the uda_id field in the dc_uda.dat file. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_DATE |
Date |
9 |
Y |
Date value associated with the UDA. Valid values are dates in the date format. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
UDA_DATE |
DATE |
File name: DC_uda_item_ff.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_uda_item_ff_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_uda_item_ff
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_FF.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§ Ensure that UDA_ITEM_FF.UDA_ID is a valid UDA.UDA_ID with UDA.DISPLAY_TYPE of FF.
§ Ensure that any UDA_ITEM_FF.ITEM with UDA_ITEM_FF.UDA_ID, where UDA.SINGE_VALUE_IND = Y, has no other UDA_ITEM_FF rows.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item associated with UDA. Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
UDA_ID |
Integer |
5 |
Y |
User-defined attribute associated with the item, where the UDA is free-form text (UDA has a display_type of FF). Valid values come from the uda_id field in the dc_uda.dat file. |
UDA_ID |
NUMBER(5) |
UDA_TEXT |
Alpha-numeric |
250 |
Y |
Text value associated with the UDA. |
UDA_TEXT |
VARCHAR2(250) |
File name: DC_vat_item.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_vat_item_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_vat_item
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh) when default tax type is not GTAX (SVAT is used) and will create the DC_VAT_ITEM oracle external table):
§ Ensure that VAT_ITEM.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§ Ensure that VAT_ITEM.VAT_REGION is a valid VAT_REGION.VAT_REGION.
§ Ensure that VAT_ITEM.VAT_CODE/VAT_RATE is a valid combination in VAT_CODE_RATES, where VAT_ITEM.ACTIVE_DATE >= VAT_CODE_RATES.ACTIVE_DATE, and no other row on VAT_CODE_RATES exists for the combination with a greater ACTIVE_DATE that is still <= VAT_ITEM.ACTIVE_DATE.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item associated with the VAT region. Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
VAT_ |
INTEGER |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of VAT region associated with the item. Valid values come from the vat_region field in the dc_vat_region.dat file. |
VAT_REGION |
NUMBER(4) |
VAT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the VAT rate is used for purchasing (cost), selling (retail), or both. Valid values are from the VTTP code type: C, R, or B. |
VAT_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
VAT_ |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Unique identifier of value-added tax code, used to determine which items are subject to VAT. Valid values are: S - Standard C - Composite Z - Zero E - Exempt Valid values come from the vat_code column in the dc_vat_codes.dat file. |
VAT_CODE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
VAT_ |
Numeric |
20,10 |
Y |
Rate of the VAT for the item/ VAT region combination. Valid values come from the VAT_RATE column in the dc_vat_code_rates.dat file. These values exist in the VAT_CODE_RATES table. |
VAT_RATE |
NUMBER(20,10) |
ACTIVE_DATE |
Date |
9 |
Y |
Date the item/VAT region combination is active. Date format is DDMONYYYY (for example, 02JAN2011). |
ACTIVE_DATE |
DATE |
REVERSE_VAT_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates if the Item in the department is subject to reverse charge VAT. Valid values are Y or ‘N’. |
REVERSE_VAT_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_item_seasons.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_item_seasons_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_Seasons
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§ Ensure that ITEM_SEASONS.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§ Ensure that ITEM_SEASONS.SEASON_ID/PHASE_ID combination exists in PHASES.
§ Capture count from ITEM_SEASONS and compare to flat file DC_ITEM_SEASONS.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item. Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
SEASON_ID |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
Identifier of the product season associated to the item. Valid values are from the season_id field of the Seasons table in RMS. |
SEASON_ID |
NUMBER(3) |
PHASE_ID |
Integer |
3 |
Y |
Identifier of the season phase associated with the item. Valid values are from the phase_id field from the Phases table in RMS, for the given season_id. |
PHASE_ID |
NUMBER(3) |
Note: If any records are in the BAD or DISCARD file, the RMS table must be truncated and the entire file must be rerun. No new records within a sequence group can be added to the RMS table through the scripts.
File name: DC_item_ticket.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_item_ticket_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_item_ticket
Suggested post-loading validation (sequence after dc_load_item_other.ksh):
§ Ensure that ITEM_TICKET.ITEM is a valid ITEM_MASTER.ITEM, where ITEM_MASTER.ITEM_LEVEL <=ITEM_MASTER.TRAN_LEVEL.
§ Ensure that ITEM_TICKET.TICKET_TYPE_ID is a valid TICKET_TYPE_HEAD.TICKET_TYPE_ID.
§ Capture the count from ITEM_TICKET and compare to flat file DC_ITEM_TICKET.DAT to ensure that all rows are loaded.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item number of item. Valid values are any item from the item files: style, sku, or pack. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2(25) |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
Alpha-numeric |
4 |
Y |
Unique identifier of ticket or label type associated with item. Valid values are from the TICKET_TYPE_ID field in the DC_TICKET_TYPE_HEAD file. |
TICKET_TYPE_ID |
VARCHAR2(4) |
PRINT_ON_PC_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Indicates whether this type of ticket should be printed for this item when a permanent price change goes into effect. Valid values are Y and N. If no value is specified in the file, the value defaults to N. |
PRINT_ON_PC_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
PO_PRINT_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
When the ticket type for the given item should be printed, upon the approval or receipt of the purchase order. Valid values are A and R. |
PO_PRINT_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
ADDL_OVER_PCT |
Numeric |
12,4 |
N |
Additional percentage of tickets that should be printed for a given event. For example, if the event is receiving a purchase order, this field holds the percentage of tickets greater than the purchase order quantity that should be printed. If no value is specified in the file, the value defaults to the value from the ticket_over_pct field in the RMS system_options table. |
TICKET_OVER_PCT |
NUMBER(12,4) |
File name: DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_other.ksh and will create the DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
RELATIONSHIP_ID |
Integer |
20 |
Y |
Unique identifier for each relationship header. |
RELATIONSHIP_ID |
NUMBER(20) |
ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item for which the relationships are defined. |
ITEM |
VARCHAR2 (25) |
RELATIONSHIP_NAME |
Alpha-numeric |
255 |
Y |
Name given to the relationship. |
RELATIONSHIP_NAME |
VARCHAR2 (255) |
RELATIONSHIP_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
6 |
Y |
Describes the type of relationship. Values are configured in code_detail table under code_type IREL. |
RELATIONSHIP_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(6) |
MANDATORY_IND |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Indicates whether the relationship is mandatory. |
MANDATORY_IND |
VARCHAR2(1) |
File name: DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_RELATED_ITEM_DETAIL.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_RELATED_ITEM_DETAIL
The SQL script is called by the dc_load_item_other.ksh and will create the DC_RELATED_ITEM_DETAIL oracle external table.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Req. |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
RELATIONSHIP_ID |
Integer |
20 |
Y |
Unique identifier for each relationship header. |
RELATIONSHIP_ID |
NUMBER(20) |
RELATED_ITEM |
Alpha-numeric |
25 |
Y |
Item id of the related item. |
RELATED_ITEM |
VARCHAR2 (25) |
PRIORITY |
Integer |
4 |
N |
Applicable only in case of relationship type SUBS. In case of multiple related substitute items, this column could be used (optional) to define relative priority. |
PRIORITY |
NUMBER(4) |
EFFECTIVE_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
11 |
N |
From this date related item can be used on transactions. |
EFFECTIVE_DATE |
DATE |
END_DATE |
Alpha-numeric |
11 |
N |
Till this date related item can be used on transactions. A value of null means that it is effective forever. |
END_DATE |
DATE |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh. It serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just to load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_item_other.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topics describe the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_UDA_ITEM_LOV external table and inserts the data to the RMS UDA_ITEM_LOV table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA_ITEM_LOV to UDA_ITEM_LOV Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user id |
User who last updated the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
Required file to load: dc_uda_item_lov.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_UDA_ITEM_DATE external table and inserts the data to the RMS UDA_ITEM_DATE table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA_ITEM_DATE to UDA_ITEM_DATE Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
SYSDATE |
Date/time the record was last modified in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
SYSDATE |
Date/time the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
Required file to load: dc_uda_item_date.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_uda_item_ff external table and inserts the data to the RMS uda_item_ff table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_UDA_ITEM_FF to UDA_ITEM_FF Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
Required file to load: dc_uda_item_ff.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_vat_item external table and inserts the data to the RMS vat_item table. If system_options vat_ind is equal to Y and default tax type is NOT ‘GTAX’ (i.e. ‘SVAT’ is used), this function selects from the DC_VAT_ITEM and loads directly into the RMS vat_item table. The table below lists columns that do not exist on DC_VAT_ITEM and the defaults to be used for them. If no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_vat_item to vat_item Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_ID |
Current user id |
User who created the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
CREATE_DATE |
sysdate |
Date the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
Required file to load: dc_vat_item.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_seasons external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_seasons table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_SEASONS to ITEM_SEASONS Column Defaults
Column Name |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
ITEM_SEASON_SEQ_NO |
Sequence generated |
Sequence is per item. |
Required file to load: dc_item_seasons.dat
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_item_ticket external table and inserts the data to the RMS item_ticket table.
The following table defines the default values in the RMS table if no information is provided in the data file (external table field values are NULL or not defined).
The function returns a Boolean value.
DC_ITEM_TICKET to ITEM_TICKET Column Defaults
Column Name (RMS Table) |
Default Value |
Comments |
LAST_UPDATE_ID |
Current user ID |
User who last updated the record in RMS. This defaults to the Oracle User. |
LAST_UPDATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was last modified in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
CREATE_DATETIME |
sysdate |
Date/time the record was created in RMS. This defaults to the system date. |
PRINT_ON_PC_IND |
N |
If no value is specified in the file, the value defaults to N. |
TICKET_OVER_PCT |
System_options. ticket_over_pct |
If no value is specified in the file, the value defaults to the value from the ticket_over_pct field in system_options. |
Required file to load: dc_item_ticket.dat
This function selects from the DC_RELATED_ITEM_HEAD and loads directly into the RMS related_item_head table. All the columns are loaded from the external table itself.The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_related_item_head.dat
This function selects from the DC_RELATED_ITEM_DETAIL and loads directly into the RMS related_item_detail table. All the columns are loaded from the external table itself.The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_related_item_detail.dat
This chapter describes the Multiple Sets of Books (MSOB) data conversion. Data must be loaded in this order:
§ Partner - Organization Unit
§ Transfer Entity – Organization Unit – Set of Books
Before you begin using the data conversion toolset for Multiple Sets of Books, you must complete data conversion for the Core functional area (dc_load_core.ksh). You also must run the dc_load_partner.ksh script for external finishers for multiple sets of books.
This section describes data conversion for the RMS PARTNER_ORG_UNIT table. The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_main.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, “Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH),” for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_partner_org_unit.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load script listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts: dbc_create_partner_org_unit_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the MSOB Partner – Organization Unit functional area:
Data Flow for MSOB Partner – Organization Unit Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_wh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
||||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
|
PARTNER |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Supplier or Supplier site ID. |
PARTNER |
VARCHAR2(10) |
|
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Organization Unit ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
|
PARTNER_TYPE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
Y |
Type of partner (S for Supplier, U for Supplier Site). |
PARTNER_TYPE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
|
PRIMARY_PAY_SITE |
Alpha-numeric |
1 |
N |
Primary payment site indicator. |
PRIMARY_PAY_SITE |
VARCHAR2(1) |
|
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh. It serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just to load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_PARTNER_ORG_UNIT external table and inserts the data to the RMS PARTNER_ORG_UNIT table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
The following fields are required:
§ PARTNER
§ ORG_UNIT_ID
§ PARTNER_TYPE
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_partner_org_unit.dat
This section describes data conversion for the RMS TFS_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB table. The following programs are included in this functional area:
§ Main wrapper script dc_load_msob_info.ksh
This main script is used across all functional areas to call segment load scripts. See Chapter 2, “Master Script (DC_LOAD_MAIN.KSH),” for details.
§ Segment load script dc_load_msob.info.ksh
This wrapper calls the external Oracle table create and load script listed below.
§ External Oracle table create scripts: dbc_create_tsf_entity_org_unit_sob_tab.sql
The following diagram shows the data flow for the MSOB Transfer Entity – Organization Unit – Set of Books functional area:
Data Flow for the MSOB Transfer Entity – Organization Unit – Set of Books Functional Area
The following topics describe the flat file formats that must be created with data from the legacy system. These files must be formatted based on definitions provided before data can be loaded. The data fields for each flat file must be created in the order listed.
The dc_wh_org.ksh script calls each of the SQL scripts in a specific order. The SQL scripts create external Oracle tables from flat file feeds and load data into the Oracle Retail Merchandising database.
In the table definitions that follow, the File Format columns Field Name, Data Type, and Max Length define the structure of the source file.
Note: Data files must be in UNIX file format and encoded as UTF-8. If a caret-M (^M) can be seen when the file is viewed in a UNIX session, it indicates that the file is in a DOS or Windows format and will cause errors when data is loaded.
Character fields cannot contain carriage returns, because the load process will process a carriage return as an indication of a new record.
In the table definitions that follow, the External Oracle Table Definition columns Field Name and Data Type (including length) define the physical external table.
File name: DC_TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB.DAT
Table create SQL script: DBC_CREATE_TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB_TAB.SQL
External Oracle table created: DC_TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB
Suggested post-loading validation: Ensure that the combination of TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB.TSF_ENTITY_ID and ORG_UNIT_ID is unique.
FILE FORMAT |
EXTERNAL ORACLE TABLE DEFINITION |
|||||
Field Name |
Data Type |
Max Length |
Required |
Description |
Field Name |
Data Type |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
Numeric |
10 |
Y |
Transfer Entity ID. |
TSF_ENTITY_ID |
NUMBER(10) |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Organization Unit ID. |
ORG_UNIT_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
Numeric |
15 |
Y |
Set of Books ID. |
SET_OF_BOOKS_ID |
NUMBER(15) |
This ksh script is called by the master script dc_load_main.ksh. It serves two purposes:
|
§ It calls the create table scripts to create external Oracle tables.
§ It calls the load data script to insert data from external Oracle tables to RMS tables.
The script can be configured to create the tables and load data, or just to load data at run time. The create table scripts are called only if a parameter option (-c) is passed from the command line. By default (without the option -c), this script loads the data.
The dc_load_wh_org.ksh script utilizes a common library file and configuration file. The library file contains functions common across all segment wrapper scripts. The configuration file defines the directories used by the data conversion scripts.
For a specific function to process the load, the script checks a status file. If the data file is valid, one unique status file (*.status) is generated per function, if it does not yet exist, to signal that a load has started. If the file already exists, the script skips the load and writes a message to the log file. For the data file to be valid, it must satisfy these requirements:
§ It must exist in the data directory defined in the common configuration file.
§ It must allow read access.
§ It must contain information (have a size greater than 0).
The next topic describes the load functions that are included in the load script.
This function contains a PL/SQL block that selects from the DC_TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT external table and inserts the data to the RMS TSF_ENTITY_ORG_UNIT_SOB table. All the columns from the external Oracle table defined previously map directly to the RMS table.
All fields are required:
The function returns a Boolean value.
Required file to load: dc_partner_org_unit.dat
Additional tables can be loaded for each of the functional areas handled by this data conversion toolset. Populating these tables is optional and based on your own business operational needs.
Note: Data conversion for these optional tables must be performed manually. These tables must be loaded after successful conversion of all data as described in the preceding chapters. This is because these optional tables have data referential integrities across functional areas.
The following sections list the optional tables for each of the functional area included in this data conversion toolset. Tables should be loaded in the order that they are listed.
§ DIFF_RATIO_HEAD
§ DIFF_RATIO_DETAIL
§ SOURCE_DLVRY_SCHED
§ SOURCE_DLVRY_SCHED_DAYS
§ SOURCE_DLVRY_SCHED_EXC
§ STOP_SHIP
§ TRANSIT_TIMES
There is no additional data to be loaded manually.
§ STORE_ATTRIBUTES
§ WH_ATTRIBUTES
§ STORE_SHIP_DATE
§ WH_DEPT
§ WH_DEPT_EXPL
§ WH_BLACKOUT
§ WH_STORE_ASSIGN
§ SUP_ATTRIBUTES
§ SUP_INV_MGMT
§ SUP_REPL_DAY
§ SUPP_PREISSUE
§ SUPS_MIN_FAIL
§ PACK_TMPL_HEAD
§ PACK_TMPL_DETAIL
§ ITEM_ATTRIBUTES
§ ITEM_SUPP_UOM
§ ITEM_LOC_TRAITS
§ SUB_ITEMS_HEAD
§ SUB_ITEMS_DETAIL
§ ITEM_FORECAST
§ REPL_ITEM_LOC
§ REPL_DAY
§ MASTER_REPL_ATTR
This appendix describes the scripts used to load seed data at the
time of installation.
The following table outlines data installation scripts supplied by Oracle and
the tables populated by these scripts. Note that some tables populated by these
scripts may be modified for final configuration, or updated with additional
values prior to implementation.
Script Name |
Scripts/Packages Called |
Tables Inserted |
RIBDATA.SQL |
Calls ALL_RIB_TABLE_VALUES.SQL to insert into the tables. |
RIB_ERRORS RIB_LANG RIB_TYPE_SETTINGS RIB_SETTINGS |
Calls RIB_DOCTYPES.SQL, which launches a SQL loader session to insert into the tables. |
RIB_DOCTYPES |
|
RMSUOM.SQL |
NA |
UOM_CLASS |
RMSCOUNTRIES.SQL |
NA |
COUNTRY |
RMSSTATES.SQL |
NA |
STATE |
RMSCURRENCIES. |
NA |
CURRENCIES |
STATICIN.SQL |
Inserts directly into the tables. |
SYSTEM_OPTIONS ADD_TYPE ADD_TYPE_MODULE COST_CHG_REASON DUMMY DEAL_COMP_TYPE DOC_LINK DYNAMIC_HIER_CODE INV_STATUS_TYPES INV_STATUS_CODES LANG MC_REJECTION_REASONS ORDER_TYPES SAFETY_STOCK_LOOKUP TRAN_DATA_CODES TRAN_DATA_CODES_REF TSF_TYPE VEHICLE_ROUND COST_ZONE_GROUP |
Calls ELC_COMP_PRE_HTSUPLD.SQL to insert into the tables. |
CVB_HEAD ELC_COMP |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
VAT_REGION VAT_CODES VAT_CODE_RATES |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
ADD_TYPE |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
ADD_TYPE_MODULE |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL. |
UNIT_OPTIONS |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
CVB_HEAD CVB_DETAIL |
|
Calls GENERAL_DATA_INSTALL_SQL |
ELC_COMP |
|
ADD_FILTER_POLICY.SQL |
Calls the DBMS_RLS.ADD_POLICY function to implement fine-grained access control. |
|
NAVIGATE.SQL |
NA |
NAV_ELEMENT NAV_SERVER NAV_COMPONENT EVIEW NAV_ICON |
NAVROLE.SQL |
NA |
NAV_ELEMENT_MODE_ROLE |
CODES.SQL |
NA |
CODE_HEAD CODE_DETAIL CODE_DETAIL_TRANS |
POPULATE_SEC_ |
NA |
SEC_FORM_ACTION |
RESTART.SQL |
NA |
RESTART_PROGRAM_STATUS RESTART_CONTROL+C11 |
RTK_ERRORS.SQL |
NA |
RTK_ERRORS |
RTK_REPORTS.SQL |
NA |
RTK_REPORTS |
TL_COLUMNS.SQL |
NA |
TL_COLUMNS |
WIZARD.SQL |
NA |
WIZARD_TEXT |
CONTEXT.SQL |
NA |
CONTEXT_HELP |
POPULATE_FORM_ |
NA |
FORM_LINKS |
POPULATE_FORM_ |
NA |
FORM_LINKS_ROLE |
UOM_X_ |
NA |
UOM_X_CONVERSION |
VAR_UPC_EAN_ |
NA |
VAR_UPC_EAN |
MULTIVIEW_DATA. |
NA |
MULTIVIEW_SAVED_45 MULTIVIEW_DEFAULT_45 |
RMSUOMCONV1.SQL |
NA |
UOM_CONVERSION |
RMSUOMCONV2.SQL |
NA |
UOM_CONVERSION |
CALENDAR.SQL |
NA |
HALF CALENDAR SYSTEM_VARIABLES PERIOD |
SA_SYSTEM_ |
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL to insert into the tables. |
POS_TENDER_TYPE_HEAD SA_CC_VAL SA_REFERENCE SA_ERROR_CODES SA_EXPORT_OPTIONS SA_ERROR_IMPACT |
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL, which calls SA_REALM_TYPE.SQL to insert into SA_REALM_TYPE table. |
SA_REALM_TYPE |
|
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL, which calls SA_REALM.SQL to insert into SA_REALM table. |
SA_REALM |
|
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL, which calls SA_PARM_TYPE.SQL to insert into SA_PARM_TYPE table. |
SA_PARM_TYPE |
|
Calls SA_METADATA.SQL, which calls SA_PARM.SQL to insert into SA_PARM table. |
SA_PARM |
|
RMS12RTM.SQL |
Calls ENTRY_TYPE.SQL to insert into ENTRY_TYPE table. |
ENTRY_TYPE |
Calls ENTRY_STATUS.SQL to insert into ENTRY_STATUS table. |
ENTRY_STATUS |
|
Calls OGA.SQL to insert into OGA table. |
OGA |
|
Calls TARIFF_TREATMENT.SQL to insert into TARIFF_TREATMENT table. |
TARIFF_TREATMENT |
|
QUOTA_CATEGORY.SQL |
QUOTA_CATEGORY |
|
Calls COUNTRY_TARIFF_ |
COUNTRY_TARIFF_ |
|
Calls HTS_HEADINGS.SQL to insert into HTS_CHAPTER table. |
HTS_CHAPTER |
|
BASE_FORM_MENU_ |
Calls all the XML.SQL scripts for each form present in the application to insert into the table. |
FORM_ELEMENTS FORM_ELEMENTS_TEMP FORM_ELEMENTS_LANGS_ FORM_MENU_LINK MENU_ELEMENTS MENU_ELEMENTS_TEMP MENU_ELEMENTS_LANGS_ |